WO2014141876A1 - パターン形成方法、これに用いられる有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びその製造方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、並びに、電子デバイス - Google Patents
パターン形成方法、これに用いられる有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びその製造方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、並びに、電子デバイス Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014141876A1 WO2014141876A1 PCT/JP2014/054560 JP2014054560W WO2014141876A1 WO 2014141876 A1 WO2014141876 A1 WO 2014141876A1 JP 2014054560 W JP2014054560 W JP 2014054560W WO 2014141876 A1 WO2014141876 A1 WO 2014141876A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- solvent
- resin
- sensitive
- radiation
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0048—Photosensitive materials characterised by the solvents or agents facilitating spreading, e.g. tensio-active agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
- G03F7/0382—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
- G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
- G03F7/0397—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/2041—Exposure; Apparatus therefor in the presence of a fluid, e.g. immersion; using fluid cooling means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
- G03F7/32—Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
- G03F7/325—Non-aqueous compositions
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development and a method for producing the same, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for forming a pattern suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, and a lithography process for other photofabrication, and an organic solvent used in the pattern forming method. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for development and a method for producing the same, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
- the present invention relates to a KrF exposure apparatus, ArF exposure apparatus and ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, or EUV exposure using extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light) as a light source.
- the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in an apparatus, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development and a method for producing the same, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
- an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as an image forming method for a resist in order to compensate for sensitivity reduction due to light absorption.
- An example of a positive-type chemical amplification image forming method will be described.
- the acid generator in the exposed area decomposes to generate an acid
- the acid generated in the exposure bake (PEB) is a reaction catalyst. Is used to change an alkali-insoluble group to an alkali-soluble group, and an exposed portion is removed by alkali development.
- Non-Patent Document 1 A positive-type image forming method using this chemical amplification mechanism is currently mainstream. For example, it is also known to form a contact hole using this method (see Patent Documents 1 and 2). .
- isolated lines and dot patterns can be formed satisfactorily.
- an isolated space (trench pattern) or a fine hole pattern is formed, the shape of the pattern tends to deteriorate.
- the dissolution rate of the dissolved portion is lower than that of a conventional positive resist, and the residue at the time of pattern formation Defects and bridge defects are likely to occur, and in particular, there is a problem that residue defects are particularly likely to occur.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and its purpose is to reduce pattern defects, a pattern forming method for developing using an organic developer, and an activity for developing an organic solvent used therefor. It is providing the light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition and its manufacturing method, the manufacturing method of an electronic device, and an electronic device.
- the present invention has the following configuration, which solves the above-described problems of the present invention.
- [1] (1) (A) a step of filtering a resin solution containing a resin having a polarity increased by the action of an acid to reduce solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and (C1) a solvent, using a filter; (2) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the resin (A) obtained by the filtrate in the step (1) and a solvent (C2) different from the solvent (C1) is prepared.
- Process (3) a step of filtering the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition using a filter; (4) A step of forming a film using the filtrate obtained by the step (3), (5) exposing the film; and (6) A pattern forming method comprising a step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern,
- ) is 1.00 (cal / cm 3) 1 /
- the pattern formation method which is 2 or less.
- of the difference between the solubility parameter (SP C1 ) of the solvent ( C1 ) and the solubility parameter (SP C2 ) of the solvent (C2) ) Is 0.40 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or more
- ) is the 0.40 (cal / cm 3) 1/2 or more, according to any one of [1] to [3] Pattern forming method.
- the solvent (C1) is butyl acetate, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and methyl 3-methoxypropionate.
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
- T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
- a composition comprising: Resin obtained from the filtrate obtained by filtering the resin solution in which the resin (A) contains the resin (A) and the solvent (C1) different from the solvent (C2) using a filter An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development.
- the solvent (C1) is butyl acetate, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and methyl 3-methoxypropionate.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development which is at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of: [11] (1) (A) a step of filtering a resin solution containing a resin having a polarity increased by the action of an acid to reduce solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and (C1) a solvent, using a filter; (2) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin for organic solvent development containing the resin (A) obtained by the filtrate in the step (1) and a solvent (C2) different from the solvent (C1).
- the solvent (C1) is butyl acetate, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and methyl 3-methoxypropionate.
- the pattern formation method which develops using an organic type developing solution which can reduce a residue defect, the actinic-ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition for the organic solvent image development used for this, and its manufacturing method A method for manufacturing an electronic device and an electronic device can be provided.
- the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
- the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
- active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
- light means actinic rays or radiation.
- exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light and the like represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified. The exposure with the particle beam is also included in the exposure.
- a resin solution containing (A) a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced, and (C1) a solvent is used, using a filter.
- a pattern forming method comprising: The absolute value of the difference between the solvent solubility parameter (C1) (SP C1) and the solubility parameter of the developer (SP DEV) (
- the method for producing an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development of the present invention (1) (A) a step of filtering a resin solution containing a resin having a polarity increased by the action of an acid to reduce solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and (C1) a solvent, using a filter; (2) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin for organic solvent development containing the resin (A) obtained by the filtrate in the step (1) and a solvent (C2) different from the solvent (C1). Preparing a composition; and (3) It has the process of filtering the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for the said organic solvent image development using a filter.
- an exposed portion is dissolved in an alkali developer (such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution), and an unexposed portion remains. Since the pattern is formed, the solubility of the resin in the alkali developer after the reaction associated with exposure is important for residue defects, whereas in the technique of resolving with an organic developer, the unexposed part It is considered that residual defects tend to occur if undissolved substances in the organic developer exist in the unexposed portion, that is, the resin itself before the reaction accompanying the exposure, because the resin dissolves and forms a pattern.
- an alkali developer such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution
- the same solvent as the organic developer or a solvent having a solubility parameter close to that of the organic developer (specifically, the solubility parameter (SP DEV ) of the organic developer)
- the resin component is dissolved in the absolute value of the difference from the solvent (
- pre-filtration solvent By filtering through a filter, a filtrate from which a small amount of insoluble matter has been removed is obtained, and an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is prepared using a resin obtained from the filtrate.
- the solvent in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “resist solvent”) is different from the prefiltration solvent,
- the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is also dissolved in the resist solvent by filtering with a filter, but it is also reduced in residual defects based on substances that are insoluble or difficult to dissolve in the prefiltration solvent, As a result, it is inferred that the residual defects are remarkably reduced.
- the absolute value of the difference between the solvent solubility parameter (C1) solubility parameter of (SP C1) and an organic developer (SP DEV) is 1.00 (cal / cm 3) If it exceeds 1/2 , a component that is hardly soluble in the developer remains as a residue on the pattern, and residue defects are likely to occur.
- a step of preparing a radiation-sensitive resin composition (3) a step of filtering the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition using a filter, and (4) a filtrate obtained by the step (3).
- a step of forming a film (5) a step of exposing the film, and (6) development using a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as “organic developer”) to form a negative pattern.
- organic developer a developer containing an organic solvent
- ) is 1.00 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less.
- the present invention also relates to a method for producing an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development, which is used in the pattern forming method, specifically, (1) (A) a step of filtering a resin solution containing a resin having a polarity increased by the action of an acid to reduce solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and (C1) a solvent, using a filter; (2) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin for organic solvent development containing the resin (A) obtained by the filtrate in the step (1) and a solvent (C2) different from the solvent (C1). Preparing a composition; and (3) A step of filtering the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development using a filter.
- At least one of the solvent (C1), the solvent (C2) and the organic developer is a mixture of two or more solvents (the concept of “solvent” includes “water”).
- a part of the solvent constituting the mixed solvent does not correspond to the solvent (C1), the solvent (C2) or the organic developer, but the whole mixed solvent It corresponds to the solvent (C1), the solvent (C2), or the organic developer.
- the solvent (C1) and the solvent (C2) are the same except that the solvent (C1) and the solvent (C2) are completely the same.
- the solvent (C1) is a mixed solvent composed of the solvent S1 and the solvent S2
- the solvent (C2) is composed only of the solvent S1
- the solvent (C1) and the solvent (C2) are both as constituent solvents.
- it contains the solvent S1 it is not completely the same, so in the present invention, it is "different”.
- the solvent (C1) is a mixed solvent having a molar ratio of the solvent S1 and the solvent S2 of 3: 7
- the solvent (C2) is a mixed solvent having a molar ratio of the solvent S1 and the solvent S2 of 5: 5
- the solvent (C1) and the solvent (C2) are both composed of the solvent S1 and the solvent S2, they are not completely the same due to their different mass ratios.
- the solubility parameter (SP value) can be obtained based on the Okitsu method. Specifically, the method described in Adhesive Handbook (Third Edition) Editor, Japan Adhesion Society Issuer, Mitsuguchi Isao, P330 It can be calculated by.
- the resin (A) whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid in the step (1) and the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced will be described in detail later.
- the solvent (C1) is different from the solvent (C2) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in detail later, and in the pattern forming method of the present invention, the solubility parameter (SP C2) of the organic developer is used.
- C1 contains one or more organic solvents selected from the group consisting of polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable.
- ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
- ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether propionate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, formic acid Methyl, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate
- alcohol solvents examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, Alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as 3-methoxy-1-butanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, may be mentioned glycol monoethyl ether and methoxymethyl butanol.
- ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, phenetole, anisole, dibutyl ether and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
- amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
- hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
- More preferred specific examples include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl a
- Glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, polyethylene Glycol ether solvents such as glycol glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol, ether solvents such as anisole, phenetol, dibutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N N-dimethylformamide amide solvents, xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, and octane and decane aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents.
- Solvent (C1) is from butyl acetate, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and methyl 3-methoxypropionate. More preferably, the solvent is one or more solvents selected from the group consisting of:
- ) is, 0.80 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less is preferable, 0.60 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less is more preferable, and 0.40 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less is preferable. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.20 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less, and particularly preferably 0 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 .
- the solvent (C1) is preferably the same as the organic developer.
- “same” means that the solvent (C1) and the organic developer are completely the same.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention may have two or more steps (1). In this case, the solvent in at least one step (1) of the two or more steps (1). Even when (C1) is the same as the organic developer, “the solvent (C1) is the same as the organic developer”.
- the solvent (C1) may be composed of a single solvent or two or more solvents. Further, the solvent (C1) may contain water. However, in order to fully achieve the effects of the present invention, the water content of the resin solution as a whole containing the resin (A) and the solvent (C1) is preferably less than 10% by mass. More preferably, it does not contain moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the resin solution is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the resin solution.
- the content of the resin (A) with respect to the total amount of the resin solution in the step (1) is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 30% by mass, and 5 to 15% by mass. Is more preferable.
- the filter in the step (1) is not particularly limited, but a fluorine resin filter, a polyamide resin filter (nylon resin filter), a polyolefin resin filter, and a filter formed by combining two or more of these.
- Preferred examples of the fluorine resin filter include polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE filter), and examples thereof include ABD1UFD3E (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) and ABD1UFT3EN (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.).
- Specific examples of polyamide resin filters include nylon 6,6 filters manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., paragraph [0026] of JP 2010-243866 A, paragraph [0019] of JP 2010-164980 A, and the like. And the content described in the publication is incorporated herein.
- Preferred examples of the polyolefin resin filter include a polyethylene resin filter and a polypropylene resin filter.
- Specific examples of the polyethylene resin filter include a polyethylene resin filter manufactured by Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. and a polyethylene resin filter described in paragraph [0027] of JP 2010-243866 A, etc. The contents of the description are incorporated herein.
- Specific examples of the polypropylene resin filter include polypropylene resin filters described in paragraph [0027] of JP 2010-243866 A, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
- the filter in the step (1) may be a filter composed of a porous membrane having an anion exchange group or a cation exchange group.
- the anion exchange group include anion exchange groups (basic anion exchange groups) such as a quaternary ammonium group.
- the cation exchange group include a strong acid cation exchange group such as a sulfonic acid group, a weak acid cation exchange group such as a carboxyl group, and the like.
- the porous film include a fluorine resin film, a polyamide resin film, and a polyolefin resin film.
- a hydrophilic one is preferable.
- “Ion Clean AN” porous polyolefin membrane) manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. is preferably used.
- a filter composed of a porous membrane having a cation exchange group a hydrophilic filter is preferable.
- “Ion Clean SL” porous polyolefin membrane) manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. is preferably used.
- the pore size of the filter is preferably 100 nm (0.1 ⁇ m) or less, preferably 50 nm or less, and preferably 30 nm or less.
- the filter may be a multistage filter in which a plurality of filters are combined.
- the filter in the step (1) is preferably a filter containing a polyamide resin filter or a polyethylene resin filter.
- circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
- the solvent (C1) may have two or more different steps (1).
- “the solvents (C1) are different from each other” means that the solvents (C1) are not completely the same in two or more steps.
- ) is preferably 0.40 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or more.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention includes the step (1) twice or more, two or more steps (1 ) At least once, the absolute value (
- ) upper limit is not particularly limited, the absolute value (
- the pattern formation method of this invention may have the process (0) of heating the resin solution provided to a process (1) before a process (1).
- the heating temperature in step (0) is usually 30 to 90 ° C., and the heating time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours.
- the resin (A) used in the step (2) is obtained by the filtrate in the step (1). More specifically, the filtrate and a large amount of poor solvent (more specifically, the resin ( It is preferable that the resin (A) is reprecipitated by mixing with a poor solvent for A), and is obtained through a known filtration step and drying step.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin described in detail later is mixed by mixing the resin (A) obtained by the filtrate in the step (1) with the solvent (C2) and other components described in detail later.
- a composition is prepared.
- the filter for obtaining the filtrate in step (3) is not particularly limited, and those described for the filter in step (1) can be used in the same manner, and preferred examples are also the same. Moreover, the specific method of filter filtration is the same as that described in the step (1).
- the film is formed from an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that will be described in detail later.
- a film formed by applying a radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferable.
- the step of forming a film with an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on a substrate can be performed by a generally known method.
- a known spin coating method, spray method, roller coating method, dipping method or the like can be used, and the spin coating method is preferably used.
- the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and silicon, SiN, inorganic substrates such as SiO 2 and SiN, coated inorganic substrates such as SOG, semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, liquid crystal, thermal head
- silicon, SiN, inorganic substrates such as SiO 2 and SiN, coated inorganic substrates such as SOG, semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, liquid crystal, thermal head For example, a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process or other photofabrication lithography process can be used.
- an antireflection film may be formed between the resist film and the substrate.
- the antireflection film a known organic or inorganic antireflection film can be appropriately used.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (4) and the step (5).
- the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (5) and the step (6).
- the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
- the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
- the reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention may include the step (5) a plurality of times.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
- the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure apparatus of the present invention is not limited, but examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams.
- far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser ( 157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, etc., preferably KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam, more preferably ArF excimer laser.
- an immersion exposure method can be applied.
- the immersion exposure method can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method or a modified illumination method.
- a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
- the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film.
- an ArF excimer laser wavelength: 193 nm
- an additive liquid that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
- This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
- an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
- distilled water is preferable as the water to be used.
- pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
- the electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 M ⁇ cm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
- the receding contact angle of the resist film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ⁇ 5%, and through the immersion medium. Suitable for exposure, preferably 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °. If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited. In order to realize a preferable receding contact angle, it is preferable to include the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition.
- HR hydrophobic resin
- the receding contact angle may be improved by forming a coating layer (so-called “topcoat”) of a hydrophobic resin composition on the resist film.
- topcoat a coating layer of a hydrophobic resin composition
- the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern.
- the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
- the organic developer in step (6) is selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and other polar solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable to contain more than one kind of organic solvent. Specific examples and preferred examples of these solvents are the same as those in the solvent (C1).
- the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. More preferably, the developer contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and ester solvents, and in particular, butyl acetate as an ester solvent or methyl amyl as a ketone solvent.
- a developer containing a ketone (2-heptanone) is preferred.
- the organic developer may consist of a single solvent or two or more solvents.
- the organic developer may contain water in addition to the organic solvent.
- the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developer. .
- the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
- the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
- fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in the specifications of US Pat.
- the organic developer may be an embodiment containing a nitrogen-containing compound as exemplified in paragraphs 0041 to 0063 of Japanese Patent No. 5056974. Such an aspect can be expected to improve the contrast during development and suppress film loss.
- a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
- dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
- paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
- spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
- the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is As an example, it is preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
- the flow rate There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput. Details of this are described in JP 2010-232550 A, in particular, paragraphs 0022 to 0029.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention may further include a step of developing using an alkaline developer.
- the order of the step (6) and the step of developing using an alkaline developer is not particularly limited.
- a step of developing using an alkaline developer is performed, a positive pattern is formed. Therefore, in addition to the step (6), in the case where the step of developing using an alkali developer is performed, the FIG. 1 to FIG. 11 and the like, it is possible to obtain a pattern having a resolution twice the frequency of the optical aerial image.
- the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
- usable alkali developer is not particularly limited, but generally, 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- An aqueous solution is used, but other concentrations (for example, a thinner concentration) can be used.
- an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
- the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
- the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
- a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
- a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
- the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
- a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
- washing is performed using a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents. More preferably, the step of washing with a rinsing solution containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is performed, and the step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol is particularly preferred.
- a cleaning step is performed using a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms.
- the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, and 4-methyl-2-pen. Tanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like can be used.
- a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
- the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
- the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
- An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
- a wafer that has been developed using a developer containing an organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent.
- the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied.
- a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 to 4000 rpm It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
- the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
- the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
- the organic developer, alkali developer, and / or rinse solution used in the present invention preferably have few impurities such as various fine particles and metal elements.
- these chemicals are manufactured in a clean room, and the impurities are reduced by filtering with various filters such as Teflon filters, polyolefin filters, ion exchange filters, etc. It is preferable.
- the metal element the metal element concentrations of Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, and Zn are all preferably 10 ppm or less, and preferably 5 ppm or less. More preferred.
- the storage container for the developer and the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited, and containers such as polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin that are used for electronic materials can be used as appropriate.
- containers such as polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin that are used for electronic materials can be used as appropriate.
- a container having a small amount of components eluted from the inner wall of the container into the chemical solution As such a container, a container whose inner wall is a perfluoro resin (for example, FluoroPure PFA composite drum (wetted inner surface; PFA resin lining) manufactured by Entegris), steel drum can (wetted inner surface; zinc phosphate coating) manufactured by JFE ).
- the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is generally suitably used as an etching mask for a semiconductor device or the like, but can also be used for other purposes.
- Other uses include, for example, guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. JP-A-3-270227, JP-A-2013-164509, etc.).
- the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
- the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is typically a negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (that is, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development). And a negative resist composition (that is, a resist composition for organic solvent development).
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is typically a resist composition, and is preferably a chemically amplified resist composition.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development is (A) a developer that contains an organic solvent with increased polarity by the action of an acid, which will be described in detail later.
- An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development comprising a resin with reduced solubility, and (C2) a solvent, wherein the resin (A) is “resin (A); A resin obtained from a filtrate obtained by filtering a “resin solution containing a solvent (C1) different from the solvent (C2)” using a filter.
- the solvent (C1) is butyl acetate, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate,
- One or more solvents selected from the group consisting of isopropyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, and methyl 3-methoxypropionate are preferred.
- (A) Resin in which the polarity is increased by the action of an acid and the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is decreased.
- the resin is contained in an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and has increased polarity.
- the resin (A) whose solubility in a developer containing a solvent decreases for example, the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both the main chain and side chain are decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
- a resin having a group hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”
- acid-decomposable resin a resin having a group
- the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
- the polar group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is hardly soluble or insoluble in a developer containing an organic solvent, but a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group.
- Methylan Group dissociates in onium hydroxide aqueous solution), or alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group).
- An aliphatic alcohol substituted with a functional group for example, a fluorinated alcohol group (such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group)) is excluded.
- the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa of 12 or more and 20 or less.
- Preferred polar groups include carboxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.
- a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
- Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
- R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
- R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, octyl group and the like.
- the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
- the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, ⁇ -pinel group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group. Group, androstanyl group and the like.
- the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
- the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
- the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
- the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
- the cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
- a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
- the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
- Resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
- the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) generates a carboxyl group as a polar group by the action of an acid, and a plurality of carboxyl groups exhibit high interaction due to hydrogen bonding.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) can be further improved. As a result, even when a film is deposited around the resist pattern by a CVD method (particularly, a high-temperature CVD method), the high rectangularity in the cross-sectional shape of the resist pattern is less likely to be impaired by heat during film growth. Increase in process cost can be further suppressed.
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
- T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
- Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like.
- Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
- T is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group.
- Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group. More preferably, T is a single bond.
- the alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
- the alkyl group for X a1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
- X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and is a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. And those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as t-butyl group are preferred.
- Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. Are preferred.
- the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring
- a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable.
- a monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
- Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
- a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
- Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
- Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
- Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other.
- p represents 0 or a positive integer.
- Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
- the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (IV) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
- Xb represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
- Ry 1 to Ry 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 may be linked to form a ring.
- Z represents a (p + 1) -valent linking group having a polycyclic hydrocarbon structure which may have a hetero atom as a ring member. Z preferably does not contain an ester bond as an atomic group constituting a polycycle (in other words, Z preferably does not contain a lactone ring as a ring constituting a polycycle).
- L 4 and L 5 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- p represents an integer of 1 to 3. When p is 2 or 3, the plurality of L 5 , the plurality of Ry 1 , the plurality of Ry 2 , and the plurality of Ry 3 may be the same or different.
- the alkyl group of Xb may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
- the alkyl group of Xb is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
- X b is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of Ry 1 to Ry 3 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 in the general formula (AI).
- Specific examples and preferred examples of the ring structure formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 include specific examples and preferred examples of the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 in the general formula (AI). Similar to the example.
- Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The total number of carbon atoms of the chain-like or branched alkyl group as Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably 5 or less.
- Ry 1 to Ry 3 may further have a substituent, and examples of such a substituent include the substituents that Rx 1 to Rx 3 in General Formula (AI) may further have. It is the same as that.
- Examples of the linking group having a polycyclic hydrocarbon structure of Z include a ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring group, each of which represents (p + 1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from the ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring. And a group formed by removing (p + 1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring.
- the linking group having a polycyclic hydrocarbon structure represented by Z may have a substituent.
- substituents that Z may have include, for example, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a keto group (an alkylcarbonyl group, etc.), an acyloxy group, —COOR, —CON (R) 2 , —SO 2 R , —SO 3 R, —SO 2 N (R) 2 and the like.
- R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
- Z may have an alkyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, acyloxy group, —COOR, —CON (R) 2 , —SO 2 R, —SO 3 R, —SO 2 N (R) 2 as a substituent that Z may have. May further have a substituent, and examples of such a substituent include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
- the carbon constituting the polycycle may be a carbonyl carbon.
- the polycycle may have a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
- Z does not contain an ester bond as an atomic group constituting a polycycle.
- Examples of the linking group represented by L 4 and L 5 include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —.
- An alkylene group preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6
- a cycloalkylene group preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 10
- an alkenylene group preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 6
- a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred.
- L 4 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -alkylene group -COO-, -alkylene group -OCO-, -alkylene group -CONH-, -alkylene group —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —alkylene group —O— are preferable, and a single bond, alkylene group, —alkylene group —COO—, or —alkylene group —O— is more preferable. .
- L 5 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH-alkylene group—, —NHCO—.
- An alkylene group —, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —O-alkylene group—, —O-cycloalkylene group— is preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group, —COO-alkylene group—, —O— is preferable.
- An alkylene group- or -O-cycloalkylene group- is more preferable.
- the leftmost bond “ ⁇ ” means connecting to an ester bond on the main chain side in L 4 , and connecting to Z in L 5 . It means that it bonds to Z in 4 and to an ester bond connected to a group represented by (Ry 1 ) (Ry 2 ) (Ry 3 ) C— in L 5 .
- L 4 and L 5 may be bonded to the same atom constituting the polycycle in Z.
- P is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
- resin (A) may have a repeating unit which decomposes
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
- repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
- Examples of the combination of two types include, for example, the following combinations, combinations of repeating units represented by the general formula (AI), and repeating units that decompose by the action of an acid to generate alcoholic hydroxyl groups, and the like. Conceivable.
- each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) is based on the total repeating units of the resin (A), It is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 25 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more.
- the resin (A) has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (AI), and the content of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (AI) with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A) is 40 mol. % Or more is preferable.
- the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group with respect to all repeating units of the resin (A) is 40 mol% or more, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) can be reliably increased, The effect that the increase in process cost described above can be suppressed can be made more reliable.
- the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 80 mol% or less, preferably 70 mol% or less, and 65 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). The following is more preferable.
- Resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
- Any lactone structure or sultone structure can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or sultone structure, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable.
- Other ring structures are condensed in a form that forms a bicyclo structure or spiro structure in a membered lactone structure, or other rings that form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure Those having a condensed ring structure are more preferable.
- Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), especially A preferred lactone structure is (LC1-4).
- the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
- Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
- n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
- the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
- One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
- the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
- the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
- A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
- R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof independently when there are a plurality of R 0 .
- Z is independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane bond when there are a plurality of Zs.
- each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
- R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
- n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
- R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the alkylene group and cycloalkylene group represented by R 0 may have a substituent.
- Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
- the alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
- the alkylene group of R 0 , the cycloalkylene group, and the alkyl group in R 7 may each be substituted.
- substituents examples include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, a hydroxyl group, Examples thereof include alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group and benzyloxy group, and acyloxy groups such as acetyloxy group and propionyloxy group.
- R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
- the preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
- a preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group.
- a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
- the monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to ( LC1-21) and a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any of (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), among which the structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) is more preferably 2 or less.
- R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent.
- a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
- repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
- the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
- the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
- R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more.
- A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— in the formula.
- n represents an integer of 0 or more.
- the alkyl group represented by R A 1 may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom.
- R A 1 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably represents a methyl group.
- the substituent represented by R A 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, or an alkoxycarbonylamino group.
- an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms for example, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group; an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group.
- Examples thereof include branched alkyl groups having 3 to 5 carbon atoms such as
- the alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group.
- n is an integer of 0 or more representing the number of substituents. n is, for example, preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
- Examples of the divalent linking group represented by A include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof.
- the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
- A is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
- Examples of the polycycle including —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— represented by Z include, for example, a cyclic carbonate represented by the following general formula (a) together with one or more other ring structures: Examples include a structure forming a condensed ring and a structure forming a spiro ring.
- the “other ring structure” that can form a condensed ring or a spiro ring may be an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring. .
- the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) is, for example, Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 27, no. 32 p. 3741 (1986), Organic Letters, Vol. 4, no. 15 p. 2561 (2002) and the like, and can be synthesized by a conventionally known method.
- one type of repeating units represented by the general formula (A-1) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained.
- the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure (preferably, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1)) is based on the total repeating units constituting the resin (A). It is preferably 3 to 80 mol%, more preferably 3 to 60 mol%, particularly preferably 3 to 30 mol%, and most preferably 10 to 15 mol%. By setting it as such a content rate, the developability as a resist, low defect property, low LWR, low PEB temperature dependence, a profile, etc. can be improved.
- repeating unit represented by formula (A-1) (repeating units (A-1a) to (A-1w)) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- R A 1 in the following specific examples are the same meaning as R A 1 in the general formula (A-1).
- the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
- the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group.
- the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably different from the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (that is, it is a stable repeating unit with respect to an acid). preferable).
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diamantyl group, or a norbornane group. More preferred examples include repeating units represented by any of the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
- R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
- Ab represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Ab include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof.
- the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
- Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
- Rp represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group.
- a plurality of Rp may be the same or different, but at least one of the plurality of Rp represents a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
- the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, but when the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group,
- the content of the repeating unit having a cyano group is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). .
- repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
- the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, a naphthol structure, and an aliphatic alcohol group (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol group) in which the ⁇ -position is substituted with an electron withdrawing group. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a carboxyl group. By containing the repeating unit having an acid group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased.
- the repeating unit having an acid group includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acid group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group.
- a repeating unit that is bonded, or a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group is introduced at the end of the polymer chain during polymerization, and the linking group is a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. You may have. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
- the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acid group, content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
- Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
- the resin (A) in the present invention can further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. .
- a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability.
- a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
- R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
- Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group.
- Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
- Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
- a monocyclic hydrocarbon group a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group are preferable.
- the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group.
- the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.)
- Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [ 4.4.0.1 2,5 .
- the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
- a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
- Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
- These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
- Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done.
- the resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability.
- the content is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
- Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
- the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention includes, in addition to the above repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition. It is possible to have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, and the like, which are general necessary characteristics.
- repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
- a monomer for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
- any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
- the molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Furthermore, it is appropriately set for adjusting the resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general required performances of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- the form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
- Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
- the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically,
- the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group).
- the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
- the resin (A) does not contain a fluorine atom or a silicon atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the resin (D) (specifically,
- the ratio of the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%).
- the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention is preferably such that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
- all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
- the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
- resin (A) examples include those described in Examples below, but the following resins can also be suitably applied.
- the composition ratio of each repeating unit in the following specific examples is shown in molar ratio.
- the resin (A) When the composition of the present invention is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, high energy light beam (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) further has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. It is preferable. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
- a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit It is preferable. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a (meth) acrylic acid ter
- repeating unit having a preferable acid-decomposable group based on hydroxystyrene examples include, for example, a repeating unit of t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester, and the like. More preferred are repeating units of 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dialkyl (1-adamantyl) methyl (meth) acrylate.
- Such a resin include a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
- R 01 , R 02 and R 03 each independently represent, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
- Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group, for example.
- R 03 and Ar 1 are alkylene groups, and they may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring together with the —C—C— chain.
- n Y's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of Y represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
- n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.
- the alkyl group as R 01 to R 03 is, for example, an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, or a hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group or dodecyl group. More preferably, these alkyl groups are alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms. In addition, these alkyl groups may have a substituent.
- alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group the same alkyl groups as those described above for R 01 to R 03 are preferable.
- the cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
- monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group are exemplified.
- these cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
- halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
- R 03 represents an alkylene group
- the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group and an octylene group.
- the aromatic ring group as Ar 1 preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a toluene ring and a naphthalene ring. In addition, these aromatic ring groups may have a substituent. Examples of the group Y leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ).
- R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
- R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- Ar represents an aryl group.
- the alkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 or R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group. Groups, hexyl groups and octyl groups.
- the cycloalkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
- the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
- the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, ⁇ -pinanyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, A tetracyclododecyl group and an androstanyl group are mentioned. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
- the aryl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , or Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
- the aralkyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group are preferable.
- the alkenyl group as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , or R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group. .
- the ring that R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, and a cyclooctane structure.
- the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tetracyclododecane structure. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the ring structure may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
- Each of the above groups may have a substituent.
- this substituent include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
- M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an aromatic ring group, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, or an aldehyde group.
- these cycloaliphatic groups and aromatic ring groups may contain a hetero atom.
- at least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
- the alkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group and An octyl group is mentioned.
- the cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- the aryl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
- the aralkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
- the divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group), cycloalkylene group (for example, cyclopentylene group or cyclohexylene group). ), Alkenylene group (for example, ethylene group, propenylene group or butenylene group), arylene group (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group or naphthylene group), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, — N (R 0 ) — or a combination of two or more thereof.
- alkylene group for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group
- cycloalkylene group for example, cyclopentylene group or cyclohexylene group.
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group as R 0 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group. Can be mentioned.
- the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as Q are the same as the above-described groups as L 1 and L 2 .
- Examples of the cycloaliphatic group or aromatic ring group as Q include the cycloalkyl group and aryl group as L 1 and L 2 described above. These cycloalkyl group and aryl group are preferably groups having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the cycloaliphatic group or aromatic ring group containing a hetero atom as Q include thiirane, cyclothiolane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, And groups having a heterocyclic structure such as thiazole and pyrrolidone.
- the ring is not limited to these as long as it is a ring formed of carbon and a heteroatom, or a ring formed only of a heteroatom.
- Examples of the ring structure that can be formed by bonding at least two of Q, M, and L 1 to each other include a 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure in which these form a propylene group or a butylene group.
- This 5-membered or 6-membered ring structure contains an oxygen atom.
- Each group represented by L 1 , L 2 , M and Q in the general formula (2) may have a substituent.
- this substituent include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. These substituents preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms.
- the group represented by-(MQ) is preferably a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- composition ratio of each repeating unit in the following specific examples is shown as a molar ratio.
- tBu represents a t-butyl group.
- the resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization).
- a conventional method for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization.
- a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
- the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
- reaction solvent examples include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diisopropyl ether, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, amide solvents such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide, Furthermore, the solvent which melt
- the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
- a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
- azo initiator an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable.
- Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
- an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery.
- the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
- the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
- the mixture After completion of the reaction, the mixture is allowed to cool to room temperature and purified. Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less.
- a purification method Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent
- a normal method such as a method can be applied.
- the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times that of the reaction solution.
- the solvent (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) used in the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be a poor solvent for the polymer, and may be a hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro, depending on the type of polymer.
- a compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use.
- a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
- the amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
- the temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.).
- the precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
- Precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
- the resin is dissolved in the solvent (C1) as described above, and filtered using a filter. It is preferable to reprecipitate by contacting with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent (poor solvent).
- a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is contacted to precipitate the resin (step a)
- the resin is separated from the solution (step b)
- the resin is again added to the solvent ( C1) is dissolved in a resin solution A (step c)
- the resin solution A is filtered using a filter (step d), and then the solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in the filtrate in step d
- a volume less than 10 times that of the resin solution A preferably less than 5 times the volume
- the method of including may be sufficient.
- the resin solution A before being subjected to the step (d) is described in, for example, JP-A-2009-037108.
- a step of heating at about 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. for about 30 minutes to 12 hours may be added.
- the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is 7,000 or more, preferably 7,000 to 200,000, more preferably 7,000 as described above in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 50,000 to 50,000, even more preferably 7,000 to 40,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 30,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7000, the solubility in an organic developer becomes too high, and there is a concern that a precise pattern cannot be formed.
- the degree of dispersion is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0. Those in the range are used.
- the smaller the molecular weight distribution the better the resolution and the resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
- the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the entire composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content. It is.
- the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
- at least one of the plurality of resins (A) is a step of filtering a resin solution containing the resin (A) and the solvent (C1) using a filter. And obtained from the filtrate in this step.
- the composition in the present invention further includes compound (B) that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generation”). Also referred to as “agent”.
- the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer.
- the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
- the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
- the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above. It may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin.
- the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
- the acid generator photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc.
- the known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
- Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
- Preferred compounds among the acid generators include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII).
- R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
- the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
- Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
- Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
- non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ examples include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
- a non-nucleophilic anion is an anion having a remarkably low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and an anion capable of suppressing degradation with time due to intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved.
- sulfonate anion examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
- carboxylate anion examples include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
- the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
- Alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl , Undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, eicosyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, etc. Can be mentioned.
- the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent.
- substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion include, for example, a nitro group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), carboxyl group Hydroxyl group, amino group, cyano group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms, acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms
- aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion may have a substituent.
- this substituent include the same halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group and the like as those in the aromatic sulfonate anion.
- Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
- the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. Group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, neopentyl group and the like.
- Two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be linked to each other to form an alkylene group (preferably having 2 to 4 carbon atoms) and form a ring together with the imide group and the two sulfonyl groups.
- the alkylene group formed by linking two alkyl groups in these alkyl groups and bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anions may have a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group.
- An alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
- examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (for example, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (for example, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony and the like (for example, SbF 6 ⁇ ).
- non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least ⁇ position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, an alkyl group Is preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion wherein an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
- the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
- the acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since it is a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) and has a cyclic organic group, the resolution and roughness performance can be further improved.
- the non-nucleophilic anion may be an anion that generates an organic acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI).
- Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
- R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
- L each independently represents a divalent linking group.
- Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
- Rf is a group containing a fluorine atom.
- x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
- y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
- the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
- Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Xf is a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 Or CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 , and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
- both Xf are fluorine atoms.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
- This alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent of R 11 and R 12 include, for example, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7.
- L represents a divalent linking group.
- the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and the like. (Preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), or a divalent linking group in which a plurality of these are combined. .
- —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH— alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
- Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
- the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
- the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
- the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, is a PEB (heating after exposure) step. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppression of in-film diffusibility and improvement of MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
- MEEF Mesk Error Enhancement Factor
- the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
- a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
- the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring or a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
- heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
- lactone ring or sultone ring include the lactone structure or sultone exemplified in the aforementioned resin (A).
- the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
- substituents include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic).
- the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
- x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1.
- y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
- z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4.
- the group containing a fluorine atom represented by Rf include an alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, and an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom. . These alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, or may be substituted with another substituent containing a fluorine atom.
- Rf is a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom
- other substituents containing a fluorine atom include, for example, alkyl substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Groups. Further, these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent not containing a fluorine atom. As this substituent, the thing which does not contain a fluorine atom among what was demonstrated about Cy previously can be mentioned, for example.
- Examples of the alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include those described above as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom represented by Xf.
- Examples of the cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorocyclopentyl group and a perfluorocyclohexyl group.
- Examples of the aryl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorophenyl group.
- the non-nucleophilic anion is preferably an anion represented by any one of the following general formulas (B-1) to (B-3). First, the anion represented by the following general formula (B-1) will be described.
- R b1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group (CF 3 ).
- n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
- n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
- X b1 represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—) or a sulfonate ester bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —).
- X b1 is preferably an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—) or a sulfonate bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —).
- R b2 represents a substituent having 6 or more carbon atoms.
- the substituent having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 is preferably a bulky group, and examples thereof include alkyl groups, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups having 6 or more carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be linear or branched, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a linear or branched hexyl group, a linear or branched heptyl group, and a linear or branched octyl group. From the viewpoint of bulkiness, a branched alkyl group is preferable.
- the alicyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclohexyl group and a cyclooctyl group.
- the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, is a PEB (heating after exposure) step.
- PEB heating after exposure
- the aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group. Among these, a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
- the heterocyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, and a dibenzothiophene ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
- heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a benzofuran ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
- lactone ring examples include the lactone structure exemplified in the aforementioned resin (A).
- the substituent having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may further have a substituent.
- the further substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring). And preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, And sulfonic acid ester groups.
- the carbon constituting the alicyclic group, aryl group, or heterocyclic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
- Specific examples of the anion represented by the general formula (B-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- Q b1 represents a group having a lactone structure, a group having a sultone structure, or a group having a cyclic carbonate structure.
- the lactone structure and sultone structures for Q b1 for example, those previously resin similar to the lactone structure and sultone structure in the repeating unit having a lactone structure and a sultone structure described in the section (A).
- a sultone structure is mentioned.
- the lactone structure or sultone structure may be directly bonded to the oxygen atom of the ester group in the general formula (B-2), but the lactone structure or sultone structure is an alkylene group (eg, methylene group, ethylene group). ) May be bonded to an oxygen atom of the ester group.
- the group having the lactone structure or sultone structure can be referred to as an alkyl group having the lactone structure or sultone structure as a substituent.
- the cyclic carbonate structure for Q b1 is preferably a 5- to 7-membered cyclic carbonate structure, such as 1,3-dioxolan-2-one and 1,3-dioxane-2-one.
- the cyclic carbonate structure may be directly bonded to the oxygen atom of the ester group in the general formula (B-2), but the cyclic carbonate structure is bonded via an alkylene group (for example, a methylene group or an ethylene group). It may be bonded to an oxygen atom of the ester group.
- the group having a cyclic carbonate structure is an alkyl group having a cyclic carbonate structure as a substituent.
- Specific examples of the anion represented by the general formula (B-2) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- L b2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
- X b2 represents an ether bond or an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—).
- Q b2 represents a group containing an alicyclic group or an aromatic ring. The alicyclic group for Q b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
- Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
- the aromatic ring in the group containing an aromatic ring for Q b2 is preferably an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring. More preferably, it is a ring.
- the aromatic ring may be substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and examples of the aromatic ring substituted with at least one fluorine atom include a perfluorophenyl group.
- the aromatic ring may be directly bonded to Xb2 , but the aromatic ring may be bonded to Xb2 via an alkylene group (for example, a methylene group or an ethylene group).
- the group containing the aromatic ring can be referred to as an alkyl group having the aromatic ring as a substituent.
- Specific examples of the anion structure represented by formula (B-3) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- Examples of the organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include the corresponding groups in the compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described later. Can be mentioned.
- the compound which has two or more structures represented by general formula (ZI) may be sufficient.
- at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) is a single bond or at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the other compound represented by the general formula (ZI). It may be a compound having a structure bonded through a linking group.
- (ZI) component examples include compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described below.
- the compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
- R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
- arylsulfonium compound examples include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
- the aryl group of the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
- the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
- the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
- the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
- the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms).
- An alkoxy group for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
- a halogen atom for example, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group may be substituted.
- Preferred substituents are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon atoms.
- the substituent may be substituted with any one of the three R 201 to R 203 or may be substituted with all three. Further, when R 201 to R 203 are an aryl group, the substituent is preferably substituted at the p-position of the aryl group.
- Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
- the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
- the organic group containing no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocycloalkyl group, alkoxy group.
- a carbonylmethyl group particularly preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
- the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group), a carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group). More preferred examples of the alkyl group include a 2-oxoalkyl group and an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group. More preferred examples of the cycloalkyl group include a 2-oxocycloalkyl group.
- the 2-oxoalkyl group may be linear or branched, and a group having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the above alkyl group is preferable.
- the 2-oxocycloalkyl group is preferably a group having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the above cycloalkyl group.
- the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentoxy group).
- R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
- the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3), which is a compound having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
- R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group Represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
- R 6c and R 7c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
- R x and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
- R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to form a ring structure.
- the ring structure may include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
- Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, or a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
- Examples of the ring structure include 3- to 10-membered rings, preferably 4- to 8-membered rings, more preferably 5- or 6-membered rings.
- Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
- the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group. .
- Zc ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
- the alkyl group as R 1c to R 7c may be either linear or branched, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms ( Examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group, a linear or branched butyl group, and a linear or branched pentyl group.
- Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
- An alkyl group (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group) can be mentioned.
- the aryl group as R 1c to R 5c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
- the alkoxy group as R 1c to R 5c may be linear, branched or cyclic, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms for example, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group
- alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkoxy group of R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
- alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyloxy group and alkylthio group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkyl group of R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
- cycloalkyl group in the cycloalkyl carbonyl group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the cycloalkyl group of R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
- R 1c ⁇ R 5c Specific examples of the aryl group in the aryloxy group and arylthio group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the aryl group of R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
- any one of R 1c to R 5c is a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group, and more preferably the sum of the carbon number of R 1c to R 5c Is 2-15.
- solvent solubility improves more and generation
- the ring structure which any two or more of R 1c to R 5c may be bonded to each other is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring (for example, a phenyl ring). It is done.
- the ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R 6c are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R 6c are each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a carbonyl carbon atom in formula (ZI-3) and a 4-membered or more ring formed with the carbon atom (particularly preferably a 5-6 membered ring).
- the aryl group as R 6c and R 7c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
- R 6c and R 7c it is preferable that both of them are alkyl groups.
- R 6c and R 7c are each a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and it is particularly preferable that both are methyl groups.
- the group formed by combining R 6c and R 7c is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an ethylene group , Propylene group, butylene group, pentylene group, hexylene group and the like.
- the ring formed by combining R 6c and R 7c may have a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
- Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as in R 1c to R 7c .
- Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group and 2-oxocycloalkyl group as R x and R y include a group having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R 1c to R 7c. .
- Examples of the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkoxy groups as in R 1c to R 5c .
- Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Preferably, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group or an ethyl group) can be exemplified.
- the allyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but is substituted with an unsubstituted allyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). It is preferable that it is an allyl group.
- the vinyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but may be substituted with an unsubstituted vinyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). It is preferably a vinyl group.
- the ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R x are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R x each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a 5-membered or more ring (particularly preferably a 5-membered ring) formed with a sulfur atom and a carbonyl carbon atom in the formula (ZI-3).
- R x and R y may combine with each other
- divalent R x and R y are represented by the general formula (ZI-3):
- R x and R y are preferably an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or more, and still more preferably 8 or more alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
- R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y may further have a substituent.
- a substituent include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, Group, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, acyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkoxyalkyl group, aryloxyalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryl An oxycarbonyloxy group etc. can be mentioned.
- R 1c , R 2c , R 4c and R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom
- R 3c is a group other than a hydrogen atom, that is, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, More preferably, it represents an aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkylthio group or arylthio group.
- Examples of the cation of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-2) or (ZI-3) in the present invention include the following specific examples.
- the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
- R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
- R 14 s each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
- R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
- These groups may have a substituent.
- l represents an integer of 0-2.
- r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
- Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
- the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, n -Butyl group, t-butyl group and the like are preferable.
- Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups (preferably cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and in particular, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, Cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl are preferred.
- the alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, or the like.
- the alkoxycarbonyl group for R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 2 to 11 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, or the like.
- Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 and R 14 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and examples thereof include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples thereof include a cycloalkyloxy group and an alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
- the monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group of R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, and a monocyclic ring It is preferable to have a cycloalkyl group.
- Monocyclic cycloalkyloxy group having 7 or more carbon atoms in total is cyclopropyloxy group, cyclobutyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, cycloheptyloxy group, cyclooctyloxy group, cyclododecanyloxy group, etc.
- Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group having a total carbon number of 7 or more include a norbornyloxy group, a tricyclodecanyloxy group, a tetracyclodecanyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, and the like.
- the alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, An alkoxy group having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable.
- the alkoxy group having a total of 7 or more carbon atoms and having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptoxy, octyloxy, dodecyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, isopropoxy,
- a monocyclic cycloalkyl group that may have the above-mentioned substituents is substituted on an alkoxy group such as sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, iso-amyloxy, etc., and the total carbon number including the substituents is 7 or more Represents things.
- Examples thereof include a cyclohexylmethoxy group, a cyclopentylethoxy group, a cyclohexylethoxy group, and the like, and a cyclohexylmethoxy group is preferable.
- Examples of the alkoxy group having a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having a total carbon number of 7 or more include a norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl methoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl ethoxy group, a tetracyclo group.
- a decanyl methoxy group, a tetracyclodecanyl ethoxy group, an adamantyl methoxy group, an adamantyl ethoxy group, etc. are mentioned, A norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, etc. are preferable.
- the alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ⁇ R 15 described above.
- the alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group represented by R 14 are linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonyl group, ethanesulfonyl group, n-propanesulfonyl. Group, n-butanesulfonyl group, cyclopentanesulfonyl group, cyclohexanesulfonyl group and the like are preferable.
- each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group.
- alkoxy group examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, i-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, 2-methylpropoxy group, 1-methylpropoxy group, t-butoxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, Examples thereof include linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a cyclohexyloxy group.
- alkoxyalkyl group examples include straight chain having 2 to 21 carbon atoms such as methoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, 1-methoxyethyl group, 2-methoxyethyl group, 1-ethoxyethyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group and the like. Examples thereof include a chain, branched or cyclic alkoxyalkyl group.
- alkoxycarbonyl group examples include methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, n-propoxycarbonyl group, i-propoxycarbonyl group, n-butoxycarbonyl group, 2-methylpropoxycarbonyl group, 1-methylpropoxycarbonyl group, t -Linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 21 carbon atoms such as butoxycarbonyl group, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl and the like.
- alkoxycarbonyloxy group examples include a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an i-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-butoxycarbonyloxy group, a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, and a cyclopentyloxy group.
- alkoxycarbonyloxy group examples include linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonyloxy groups having 2 to 21 carbon atoms such as carbonyloxy group and cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy.
- the divalent R 15 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxy group.
- R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, a divalent group in which two R 15s are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom.
- R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
- l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
- r is preferably from 0 to 2.
- R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
- the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
- the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
- Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
- the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group in R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group).
- the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent.
- substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), Aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups, and the like.
- Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
- Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI).
- Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represents an aryl group.
- R 208 , R 209 and R 210 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
- A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
- Specific examples of the aryl group represented by Ar 3 , Ar 4 , R 208 , R 209, and R 210 are the same as the specific examples of the aryl group represented by R 201 , R 202, and R 203 in the general formula (ZI-1). Things can be mentioned.
- alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 , R 209 and R 210 include specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 in the general formula (ZI-2), respectively.
- the same thing as an example can be mentioned.
- the alkylene group of A is alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 to 2 carbon atoms.
- alkenylene groups for example, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.
- arylene groups for A are arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Can be mentioned.
- the acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid having one sulfonic acid group or imide group, more preferably a compound that generates monovalent perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid, or a monovalent fluorine atom or fluorine atom.
- a compound that generates an aromatic sulfonic acid substituted with a group containing fluorinated acid or a compound that generates an imide acid substituted with a monovalent fluorine atom or a group containing a fluorine atom, and even more preferably, It is a sulfonium salt of a substituted alkanesulfonic acid, a fluorine-substituted benzenesulfonic acid, a fluorine-substituted imide acid or a fluorine-substituted methide acid.
- the acid generator that can be used is particularly preferably a fluorinated substituted alkanesulfonic acid, a fluorinated substituted benzenesulfonic acid, or a fluorinated substituted imidic acid having a pKa of the generated acid of ⁇ 1 or less, and the sensitivity is improved.
- the acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, [0200] to [0210] of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-100595A, and WO2011 / 093280 [ [0051] to [0058], [0382] to [0385] of International Publication No. 2008/153110, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-161707, and the like.
- An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (except when represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)) in the composition is actinic ray sensitive or Based on the total solid content of the radiation-sensitive resin composition, 0.1 to 30% by mass is preferable, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 15%. % By mass.
- the acid generator is represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)
- the content is preferably 5 to 35% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. 6 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 6 to 25% by mass is even more preferable.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a solvent (C2). However, the solvent (C2) is different from the solvent (C1) as described above.
- the solvent (C2) that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate alkyl ester, and alkoxypropion.
- Organic solvents such as alkyl acid, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compound (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, alkyl pyruvate, etc. be able to.
- Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
- the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate.
- the solvent containing a hydroxyl group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate is more preferred.
- alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
- PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate
- ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
- ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
- the mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. .
- a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
- the solvent (C2) preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- Hydrophobic resin (D) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is also referred to as a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. ) May be contained.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
- the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (D) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom
- it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom.
- the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
- the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
- alkyl group having a fluorine atom examples include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4).
- the invention is not limited to this.
- R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms.
- R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
- Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
- Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 ,
- Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
- Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like can be mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
- the partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple
- X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
- X 2 represents —F or —CF 3 .
- the hydrophobic resin (D) may contain a silicon atom.
- the partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
- Specific examples of the alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include groups represented by the following general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3).
- R 12 to R 26 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
- L 3 to L 5 each represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, and a urea bond, or a combination of two or more ( Preferably, the total carbon number is 12 or less).
- n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
- n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
- X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
- the hydrophobic resin (D) it is also preferred to include CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety.
- the CH 3 partial structure possessed by the side chain portion in the resin (D) (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) has a CH 3 partial structure possessed by an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. It is included.
- a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin (D) for example, ⁇ -methyl group of a repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure
- the resin (D) includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M).
- R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
- CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
- R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
- R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
- R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
- the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl.
- Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (III).
- X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
- R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
- the organic group that is stable to acid is more specifically an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Is preferred.
- the alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
- X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R 2 examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
- the above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
- R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
- the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
- the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25.
- the alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
- the aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
- the aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
- X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
- R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures
- n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
- the alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
- X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- R 3 is an organic group that is stable to an acid, more specifically, the organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). It is preferable that
- R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
- the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
- the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
- the content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by (III) is preferably 90 mol% or more, and 95 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (D). It is more preferable that The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (D).
- Resin (D) is a repeating unit represented by general formula (II), and at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by general formula (III)
- the surface free energy of the resin (D) increases.
- the resin (D) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved, and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) includes the following (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom is included or (ii) a CH 3 partial structure is included in the side chain portion. ) May have at least one group selected from the group of (X) an acid group, (Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group, (Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
- Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
- Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and
- the repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable.
- the repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
- the content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 5%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). 20 mol%.
- Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
- the group having a lactone structure As the group having a lactone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
- the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
- this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
- this repeating unit may be introduce
- repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure examples include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the acid-decomposable resin (A).
- the content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D), The content is more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
- Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (D) include the same repeating units as those having an acid-decomposable group listed for the resin (A).
- the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
- the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (D). The amount is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
- R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group.
- Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
- R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
- L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
- R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
- the divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
- R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
- Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
- Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
- the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
- the hydrophobic resin (D) has a silicon atom
- the content of the silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 2 to 30% by mass. More preferably.
- the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
- the resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
- a form in which the resin (D) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable.
- the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol based on all repeating units in the resin (D). % Or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no fluorine atom and no silicon atom.
- resin (D) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the resin (D). Preferably, it is 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
- the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
- the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 1 to 7% by mass.
- the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
- a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
- a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
- the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
- the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D),
- the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
- hydrophobic resin (D) Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below.
- the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
- Basic compound (N) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may contain a basic compound (N) in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating.
- Preferred examples of the basic compound (N) include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A ′) to (E ′).
- RA 200 , RA 201 and RA 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number of 6-20), where RA 201 and RA 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- RA 203 , RA 204 , RA 205 and RA 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
- the alkyl group may have a substituent.
- alkyl group having a substituent examples include an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- a cyanoalkyl group is preferred.
- the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) are more preferably unsubstituted.
- the basic compound (N) include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable specific examples include an imidazole structure, Diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, compound having aniline structure or pyridine structure, alkylamine derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, aniline derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, etc. Can be mentioned.
- Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole and the like.
- Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4, 0] Undecaker 7-ene and the like.
- Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) Examples include sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like.
- the compound having an onium carboxylate structure is a compound having an onium hydroxide structure in which the anion moiety is converted to a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate.
- Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine.
- Examples of the compound having an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like.
- alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine.
- aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
- Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
- the amine compound having a phenoxy group, the ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, the amine compound having a sulfonate group, and the ammonium salt compound having a sulfonate group have at least one alkyl group bonded to a nitrogen atom. Is preferred.
- the alkyl chain preferably has an oxygen atom and an oxyalkylene group is formed.
- the number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
- -CH 2 CH 2 O Among the oxyalkylene group -, - CH (CH 3) CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O- structure is preferred.
- Specific examples of the amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group include US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0224539. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in [0066].
- a nitrogen-containing organic compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid can be used as one kind of basic compound.
- the compound represented by the following general formula (F) can be mentioned, for example.
- the compound represented by the following general formula (F) exhibits effective basicity in the system when a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is eliminated.
- R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
- n 2
- two R a s may be the same or different, and the two R a are bonded to each other to form a divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 20 or less) or A derivative thereof may be formed.
- R b independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
- R b when one or more R b is a hydrogen atom, at least one of the remaining R b is a cyclopropyl group or a 1-alkoxyalkyl group.
- At least two R b may be bonded to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof.
- n represents an integer of 0 to 2
- m represents an integer of 1 to 3
- n + m 3.
- the compound represented by the general formula (F) may be a commercially available compound, or may be synthesized from a commercially available amine by the method described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis Fourth Edition. As the most general method, for example, it can be synthesized according to the method described in JP-A-2009-199021.
- a compound having an amine oxide structure can also be used as the basic compound (N).
- the compound of the present invention may contain an onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound.
- This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
- Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
- X + represents an onium cation.
- Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
- X + represents an onium cation.
- the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom.
- the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
- the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms.
- a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
- substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
- Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation.
- a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
- the sulfonium cation for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
- the aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
- the sulfonium cation and the iodonium cation the sulfonium cation structural site in the compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) as the compound (B) is also preferable. Can be mentioned.
- the chemically amplified resist composition of the present invention includes a compound contained in the formula (I) of JP2012-189777A, a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A, An onium salt structure and an acid anion structure in one molecule, such as a compound represented by formula (I) in 2013-8020 and a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2012-252124A
- a compound having both (hereinafter also referred to as betaine compound) can be preferably used.
- the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable.
- an acid anion structure a sulfonate anion or a carboxylate anion is preferable. Examples of this compound include the following.
- the molecular weight of the basic compound (N) is preferably 250 to 2000, more preferably 400 to 1000. From the viewpoint of further reduction in LWR and uniformity of local pattern dimensions, the molecular weight of the basic compound is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and even more preferably 600 or more. .
- the basic compound (N) is used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N), but when it is contained, the amount of the basic compound (N) used is active.
- the amount is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the solid content of the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not further contain a surfactant.
- a surfactant fluorine and / or silicon-based surfactant (fluorinated surfactant, It is more preferable to contain any one of a silicon-based surfactant and a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, or two or more thereof.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention contains a surfactant
- adhesion and development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less.
- a small resist pattern can be provided.
- fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
- surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method).
- a surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used.
- the fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
- Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 manufactured by DIC Corporation
- surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
- surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
- the amount of the surfactant used is based on the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent).
- the content is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
- the amount of the surfactant added is 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent)
- the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased.
- the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not contain a carboxylic acid onium salt.
- carboxylic acid onium salts include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0605] to [0606].
- carboxylic acid onium salts can be synthesized by reacting sulfonium hydroxide, iodonium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide and carboxylic acid with silver oxide in a suitable solvent.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a carboxylic acid onium salt
- the content thereof is generally 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0, based on the total solid content of the composition. 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 7% by mass.
- an acid proliferating agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light which will be described later in detail in the composition (II), if necessary.
- An absorber an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, an alicyclic group having a carboxyl group, or an aliphatic compound) and the like can be contained. .
- Such a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less can be obtained by referring to, for example, the methods described in JP-A-4-1222938, JP-A-2-28531, US Pat. No. 4,916,210, European Patent 219294, etc. It can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art.
- alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group include carboxylic acid derivatives having a steroid structure such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid derivatives, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, dicarboxylic acids.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is preferably used in a film thickness of 30 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 30 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. preferable.
- a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
- the solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0. Is 5.3 mass%.
- the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, which suppresses aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the photoacid generator. As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
- the solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total weight of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is prepared by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the mixed solvent. During the preparation, a process of reducing metal impurities in the composition to the ppb level using an ion exchange membrane, a process of filtering impurities such as various particles using an appropriate filter, a deaeration process, etc. Good. Specifics of these steps are described in JP 2012-88574 A, JP 2010-189563 A, JP 2001-12529 A, JP 2001-350266 A, and JP 2002-99076 A.
- a pore size of 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is used.
- the composition of the present invention preferably has a low water content. Specifically, the water content is preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.3% by mass or less in the total weight of the composition.
- the reaction solution is allowed to cool, then reprecipitated with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9: 1), filtered, and the obtained solid is vacuum-dried, whereby the resin (A-1) of the present invention is obtained in 41. 1 part by mass was obtained.
- the composition ratio (molar ratio) measured by 13 C-NMR was 40/50/10.
- Resins D-1 to D-5 were synthesized in the same manner.
- the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the repeating units in the resins D-1 to D-5 are shown below.
- ⁇ Surfactant> As the surfactant, the following were used.
- An organic antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto the silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 95 nm.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (I-1) to (I-7) are respectively coated thereon and baked (PB: Prebake) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a film thickness of 80 nm.
- the resist film was formed.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of an SEM image of residual defects. Residual defects were evaluated by counting the number of residual defects as shown in FIG. 1 in a 300 mm diameter (12 inch diameter) wafer.
- Nylon 40 nm Nylon 6,6 filter manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (pore size: 40 nm)
- Nylon 20 nm Nylon 6, 6 filter manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (pore size: 20 nm)
- PE 50 nm Polyethylene resin filter (pore size: 50 nm) manufactured by Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd.
- PE 10 nm Polyethylene resin filter (pore size: 10 nm) manufactured by Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd.
- Ion Clean AN Filter of porous membrane polyolefin membrane having anion exchange group manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.
- Ion Clean SL Filter of porous membrane polyolefin membrane having cation exchange group manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.
- the absolute value of the difference in solubility parameter from the developer is 1.0 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less, and a solvent (C1) different from the solvent (C2) used in the resist composition It has been found that residual defects are greatly reduced by filtering the resin through a filter in advance. This is because a component that is hardly soluble in the solvent (C2) used in the resist composition is different from a component that is hardly soluble in the solvent (C1). This is thought to be due to the removal of the components. Further, as the solvent (C1), by using a solvent having an absolute value of a difference in solubility parameter from the developer of 1.0 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less, the developer that can be a residual component is used for the developer.
- Example 1 the line and space mask pattern was exposed with reference to Example 7 of US 8,227,183B, etc., and then developed with both alkali development and butyl acetate. Pattern could be formed. Evaluation was conducted in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a small amount of tri-n-octylamine was added to the developer (butyl acetate) in Step (6). Also in this example, good pattern formation could be performed.
- This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition solution was applied to an 8-inch Si wafer that had been previously subjected to hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) treatment using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. It dried on the hotplate and obtained the resist film with a film thickness of 50 nm.
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- the absolute value of the difference in solubility parameter from the developer is 1.0 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less, and a solvent (C1) different from the solvent (C2) used in the resist composition It has been found that residual defects are greatly reduced by filtering the resin through a filter in advance. This is because a component that is hardly soluble in the solvent (C2) used in the resist composition is different from a component that is hardly soluble in the solvent (C1). This is thought to be due to the removal of the components. Further, as the solvent (C1), by using a solvent having an absolute value of a difference in solubility parameter from the developer of 1.0 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 or less, the developer that can be a residual component is used for the developer. This is probably because the hardly soluble components were removed.
- the pattern formation method which develops using an organic type developing solution which can reduce a residue defect, the actinic-ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition for the organic solvent image development used for this, and its manufacturing method A method for manufacturing an electronic device and an electronic device can be provided.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
Abstract
Description
現在、先端のパターン形成においてはArF液浸リソグラフィーが用いられているが、NA1.35レンズを使った水液浸リソグラフィーの最高NAで到達できる解像度は40~38nmである。そのため、30nmノード以降のパターン形成は、ダブルパターニングプロセス(非特許文献1参照)が取られており、方法としては多くのプロセスが提案されている。
この化学増幅機構を用いたポジ型の画像形成方法は、現在、主流となっており、例えば、この方法を用いて、コンタクトホールを形成することも知られている(特許文献1及び2参照)。
(1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、
(3)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(4)前記工程(3)により得られる濾液を用いて膜を形成する工程、
(5)前記膜を露光する工程、及び、
(6)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像してネガ型のパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法であって、
前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記現像液の溶解パラメータ(SPDEV)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が1.00(cal/cm3)1/2以下である、パターン形成方法。
〔2〕
前記絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以下である、上記〔1〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔3〕
前記溶剤(C1)と前記現像液が同一である、上記〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔4〕
前記工程(1)を1回有する場合、前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記溶剤(C2)の溶解パラメータ(SPC2)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPC2|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以上であり、
前記工程(1)を2回以上有する場合、2回以上の前記工程(1)の少なくとも1回において、前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記溶剤(C2)の溶解パラメータ(SPC2)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPC2|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以上である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔5〕
前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔6〕
前記樹脂(A)が下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である、上記〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
Xa1は、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して、環構造を形成してもよい。
〔7〕
前記工程(1)におけるフィルターが、ポリアミド系樹脂フィルター又はポリエチレン系樹脂フィルターを含有するフィルターである、上記〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔8〕
前記工程(1)におけるフィルターの孔径が、0.1μm以下である、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
〔9〕
(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C2)溶剤とを含有する、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
前記樹脂(A)が、前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C2)とは異なる(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過することにより得られる濾液から得られた樹脂である、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔10〕
前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、上記〔9〕に記載の有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔11〕
(1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、及び、
(3)前記有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程を有する、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法。
〔12〕
前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、上記〔11〕に記載の有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法。
〔13〕
上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
〔14〕
上記〔13〕に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。
本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
(1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、及び、
(3)前記有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程を有している。
また、上記本発明のパターン形成方法のように、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における溶剤(以下、「レジスト溶剤」とも言う)を、プレ濾過用溶剤とは異なるものとし、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物についてもフィルターで濾過することによって、レジスト溶剤には溶解するが、プレ濾過用溶剤には不溶解、若しくは難溶解である物質に基づく残渣欠陥についても低減され、結果、残渣欠陥が著しく低減されたものと推察される。
一方、溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と有機系現像液の溶解パラメータ(SPDEV)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が1.00(cal/cm3)1/2を超えると、現像液に対し難溶解な成分がパターン上に残渣として残り、残渣欠陥が生じやすくなる。
以下、本発明のパターン形成方法、及び、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法について詳細に説明する。
本発明のパターン形成方法は、(1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、(3)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、(4)前記工程(3)により得られる濾液を用いて膜を形成する工程、(5)前記膜を露光する工程、及び、(6)有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、「有機系現像液」ともいう)を用いて現像してネガ型のパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法であって、前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記現像液の溶解パラメータ(SPDEV)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が1.00(cal/cm3)1/2以下である。
また、本発明は、上記パターン形成方法に用いられる、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法に関し、具体的には、
(1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、及び、
(3)前記有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程を有する。
例えば、溶剤(C1)が溶剤S1と溶剤S2とからなる混合溶剤であり、溶剤(C2)が溶剤S1のみからなる場合、溶剤(C1)及び溶剤(C2)は、いずれも、構成溶剤として、溶剤S1を含有するものの、完全に同一ではないため、本発明においては、“異なる”ものとする。
また例えば、溶剤(C1)が溶剤S1と溶剤S2とのモル比3:7の混合溶剤であり、溶剤(C2)が溶剤S1と溶剤S2とのモル比5:5の混合溶剤である場合、溶剤(C1)及び溶剤(C2)は、いずれも、溶剤S1と溶剤S2とからなるものの、質量比が異なることにより完全に同一ではないため、本発明においては、“異なる”ものとする。
すなわち、例えば、混合溶剤が、溶剤S1、S2、…、Sx、…、Snから構成され、溶剤S1、S2、…、Sx、…、Snの混合溶剤中のモル分率が、それぞれ、m1、m2、…、mx、…、mnである場合、混合溶剤のSP値(SPmix)は、以下の式により算出することができる。SPmix=Σ[(m1×S1)+(m2×S2)+…+(mx×Sx)+…+(mn×Sn)]
溶剤(C1)は、後に詳述する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における溶剤(C2)と異なり、かつ、本発明のパターン形成方法においては、有機系現像液の溶解パラメータ(SPC2)との差の絶対値が1(cal/cm3)1/2以下となるような溶解パラメータを有している限り、特に限定されないが、通常、有機溶剤を含有するものであり、溶剤(C1)は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤、及び、炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される1種類以上の有機溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネート、メチル3-エトキシプロピオネート、γブチロラクトン等を挙げることができる。
アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。
エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、フェネトール、アニソール、ジブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。
アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、2回以上の工程(1)を有していてもよく、この場合、2回以上の工程(1)の内の少なくとも1回の工程(1)における溶剤(C1)が有機系現像液と同一である場合も、「溶剤(C1)は、有機系現像液と同一である」ものとする。
但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、樹脂(A)と溶剤(C1)とを含有する樹脂溶液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
すなわち、上記樹脂溶液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、樹脂溶液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
フッ素系樹脂フィルターとしては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE製フィルター)を好適に挙げることができ、例えばABD1UFD3E(日本ポール(株)製)、ABD1UFT3EN(日本ポール(株)製)等が挙げられる。
ポリアミド系樹脂フィルターとして具体的には、日本ポール(株)製のナイロン6,6製フィルターや、特開2010-243866号公報の段落[0026]及び特開2010-164980公報の段落[0019]等に記載のポリアミド系樹脂フィルターが挙げられ、当該公報に記載の内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
ポリエチレン系樹脂フィルターとして具体的には、日本インテグリス(株)製のポリエチレン系樹脂フィルターや、特開2010-243866号公報の段落[0027]等に記載のポリエチレン系樹脂フィルターが挙げられ、当該公報に記載の内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
ポリプロピレン系樹脂フィルターとして具体的には、特開2010-243866号公報の段落[0027]等に記載のポリプロピレン系樹脂フィルターが挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
アニオン交換基としては、例えば、第4級アンモニウム基等のアニオン交換基(塩基性アニオン交換基)等が挙げられる。
カチオン交換基としては、例えば、スルホン酸基などの強酸性カチオン交換基、カルボキシル基などの弱酸性カチオン交換基等が挙げられる。
多孔質膜としては、フッ素系樹脂膜、ポリアミド系樹脂膜、及び、ポリオレフィン系樹脂膜などが挙げられる。
アニオン交換基を有する多孔質膜で構成されたフィルターとしては、親水性のものが好ましく、例えば、日本ポール株式会社製の商品名「イオンクリーンAN」(多孔質ポリオレフィン膜)などが好適に使用される。
カチオン交換基を有する多孔質膜で構成されたフィルターとしては、親水性のものが好ましく、例えば、日本ポール株式会社製の商品名「イオンクリーンSL」(多孔質ポリオレフィン膜)などが好適に使用される。
次いで、工程(1)における濾液により得られた樹脂(A)と、後に詳述する溶剤(C2)及び他の成分とを混合することにより、後に詳述する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する。
また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(5)と工程(6)との間に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
本発明のパターン形成方法は、露光後加熱工程を複数回含んでいてもよい。
液浸露光を行う場合には、(1)基板上に膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(2)液浸液を介して膜に露光する工程の後、膜を加熱する工程の前に、膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。
液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましいが、特に露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長;193nm)である場合には、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。
このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
液浸液として用いる水の電気抵抗は、18.3MΩcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)は20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。
また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(D2O)を用いたりしてもよい。
前記後退接触角が小さすぎると、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適に用いることができず、かつ水残り(ウォーターマーク)欠陥低減の効果を十分に発揮することができない。好ましい後退接触角を実現する為には、前記の疎水性樹脂(HR)を前記感活性光線性又は放射線性組成物に含ませることが好ましい。あるいは、レジスト膜の上に、疎水性の樹脂組成物によるコーティング層(いわゆる「トップコート」)を形成することにより後退接触角を向上させてもよい。
液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウェハ上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウェハ上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態に於けるレジスト膜に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になり、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。
但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
また、有機系現像液は、特許第5056974号の0041段落~0063段落に例示されているような、含窒素化合物を含む態様であってもよい。このような態様は、現像時のコントラスト向上、膜減り抑制などが期待できる。
上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は、一例として、好ましくは2mL/sec/mm2以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm2以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm2以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm2以上が好ましい。この詳細については、特開2010-232550号公報の特に0022段落~0029段落等に記載されている。
また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
本発明において、一般に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を行った場合は、ポジ型のパターンが形成される。よって、工程(6)に加えて、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を行った場合は、US8227183BのFIG.1~FIG.11などに説明されているように、光学空間像の周波数の2倍の解像度のパターンを得ることも可能である。
アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。
炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。
本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
以下、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について説明する。
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的には、ネガ型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(即ち、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物)であり、ネガ型のレジスト組成物(即ち、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物)であることが好ましい。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的には、レジスト組成物であり、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であることが好ましい。
本発明に係る有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、溶剤(C1)は、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤であることが好ましい。
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含有される、極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂(A)としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」ともいう)を挙げることができる。
酸分解性基は、極性基を酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
極性基としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液中で難溶化又は不溶化する基であれば特に限定されないが、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(従来レジストの現像液として用いられている、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、又はアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、シクロオクチル基等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボロニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、アンドロスタニル基等を挙げることができる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を挙げることができる。
R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、シクロへキセニル基等を挙げることができる。
R36とR37とが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数5の単環のシクロアルキル基が特に好ましい。
Xa1は、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH2-基、-(CH2)2-基、-(CH2)3-基がより好ましい。Tは、単結合であることがより好ましい。
Xa1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xa1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
Rx1、Rx2及びRx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
具体例中、Rxは、水素原子、CH3、CF3、又はCH2OHを表す。Rxa、Rxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Xa1は、水素原子、CH3、CF3、又はCH2OHを表す。Zは、置換基を表し、複数存在する場合、複数のZは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。pは0又は正の整数を表す。Zの具体例及び好ましい例は、Rx1~Rx3などの各基が有し得る置換基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Ry1~Ry3は、各々独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Ry1~Ry3の内の2つが連結して環を形成していてもよい。
Zは、(p+1)価の、環員としてヘテロ原子を有していてもよい多環式炭化水素構造を有する連結基を表す。Zは、多環を構成する原子団として、エステル結合は含有しないことが好ましい(換言すれば、Zは、多環を構成している環として、ラクトン環を含有しないことが好ましい)。
L4及びL5は、各々独立に、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
pは1~3の整数を表す。
pが2又は3のとき、複数のL5、複数のRy1、複数のRy2、及び、複数のRy3は、各々、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Xbのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xbは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して形成する環構造の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記一般式(AI)におけるRx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成する環構造の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Ry1~Ry3は、各々独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4の鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。また、Ry1~Ry3としての鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基の炭素数の合計は、5以下であることが好ましい。
Zが有していてもよい置換基としてのアルキル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、―COOR、―CON(R)2、―SO2R、-SO3R、―SO2N(R)2は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、そのような置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
L4は、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-アルキレン基-COO-、-アルキレン基-OCO-、-アルキレン基-CONH-、-アルキレン基-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-アルキレン基-O-が好ましく、単結合、アルキレン基、-アルキレン基-COO-、又は、-アルキレン基-O-がより好ましい。
L5は、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-、-NHCO-アルキレン基-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-O-アルキレン基-、-O-シクロアルキレン基-が好ましく、単結合、アルキレン基、-COO-アルキレン基-、-O-アルキレン基-、又は、-O-シクロアルキレン基-がより好ましい。
下記具体例中、Xa1は、水素原子、CH3、CF3、又はCH2OHを表す。
2種併用する例としては、例えば、以下のような組合せや、一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位と、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位との組合せ、などが考えられる。なお、下式において、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対する含有量が40モル%以上であることにより、上記した樹脂(A)のガラス転移温度(Tg)を確実に高くできるため、上記したプロセスコストの増大を抑制できるという効果をより確実なものにできる。
また、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であることが好ましく、70モル%以下であることが好ましく、65モル%以下であることがより好ましい。
Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
R0は、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立にアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
Zは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合
R8は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
nは、-R0-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R0-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。
R7は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、エステル結合であり、特に好ましくはエステル結合である。
R0のアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、R7におけるアルキル基は、各々置換されていてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子やメルカプト基、水酸基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基等のアルコキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基が挙げられる。
R7は、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
また、R8は無置換のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基、或いはメチル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を置換基として有するラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基が好ましく、シアノ基を置換基として有するラクトン構造(シアノラクトン)を有する1価の有機基がより好ましい。
環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
RA 2は、nが2以上の場合は各々独立して、置換基を表す。
Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。
nは0以上の整数を表す。
RA 1で表されるアルキル基は、フッ素原子等の置換基を有していてもよい。RA 1は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表すことが好ましく、メチル基を表すことがより好ましい。
RA 2で表される置換基は、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基である。好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等の炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキル基;イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数3~5の分岐状アルキル基等を挙げることができる。アルキル基はヒドロキシル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。
nは置換基数を表す0以上の整数である。nは、例えば、好ましくは0~4であり、より好ましくは0である。
本発明の一形態において、Aは、単結合、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
Zにより表される、-O-C(=O)-O-を含む多環としては、例えば、下記一般式(a)で表される環状炭酸エステルが1又は2以上の他の環構造と共に縮合環を形成している構造や、スピロ環を形成している構造が挙げられる。縮合環又はスピロ環を形成し得る「他の環構造」としては、脂環式炭化水素基であってもよいし、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよいし、複素環であってもよい。
樹脂(A)において、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位(好ましくは、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位)の含有率は、樹脂(A)を構成する全繰り返し単位に対して、3~80モル%であることが好ましく、3~60モル%であることが更に好ましく、3~30モル%であることが特に好ましく、10~15モル%であることが最も好ましい。このような含有率とすることによって、レジストとしての現像性、低欠陥性、低LWR、低PEB温度依存性、プロファイル等を向上させることができる。
なお、以下の具体例中のRA 1は、一般式(A-1)におけるRA 1と同義である。
また、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい(すなわち、酸に対して安定な繰り返し単位であることが好ましい)。
水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造に於ける、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、ジアマンチル基、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。
より好ましくは、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。
Abは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
Abにより表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、エステル結合、アミド結合、エーテル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又はその組み合わせ等が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。
本発明の一形態において、Abは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
Rpは、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、又は、ヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。複数のRpは、同一でも異なっていても良いが、複数のRpの内の少なくとも1つは、ヒドロキシル基又はヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。
具体例中、RxはH、CH3、CH2OH又はCF3を表す。
Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH2-O-Ra2基を表す。式中、Ra2は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH3、CH2OH、又はCF3を表す。
(1)塗布溶剤に対する溶解性、
(2)製膜性(ガラス転移点)、
(3)アルカリ現像性、
(4)膜べり(親疎水性、アルカリ可溶性基選択)、
(5)未露光部の基板への密着性、
(6)ドライエッチング耐性、等の微調整が可能となる。
本発明の組成物が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香環を有さない(具体的には、樹脂中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、芳香族基を有さない)ことが好ましく、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、後述する樹脂(D)を含んでいる場合、樹脂(A)は、樹脂(D)との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を含有しない(具体的には、樹脂中、フッ素原子又はケイ素原子を含有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%)ことが好ましい。
n個のYは、各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、Yの少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
nは、1~4の整数を表し、1~2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
酸の作用により脱離する基Yとしては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)及び-CH(R36)(Ar)により表される基が挙げられる。
R36~R39、R01、又はR02としてのアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基であることが好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基及びナフチルメチル基が好ましい。
Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Qは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、環状脂肪族基、芳香環基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基又はアルデヒド基を表す。なお、これら環状脂肪族基及び芳香環基は、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
なお、Q、M、L1の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して、5員又は6員環を形成していてもよい。
例えば、上記樹脂が難溶或いは不溶の溶媒(貧溶媒)を、該反応溶液の10倍以下の体積量、好ましくは10~5倍の体積量で、接触させることにより樹脂を固体として析出させる。
また、上記したように、組成物の調製後に樹脂が凝集することなどを抑制する為に、工程(d)に供される前の樹脂溶液Aを、例えば、特開2009-037108号公報に記載のように、30℃~90℃程度で30分~12時間程度加熱するような工程を加えてもよい。
また、本発明において、樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。ここで、樹脂(A)を複数併用する場合、複数の樹脂(A)の少なくとも1つは、樹脂(A)と上記溶剤(C1)とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程を行い、この工程における濾液から得られるものである。
本発明における組成物は、通常、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)(以下、「酸発生剤」ともいう)を含有する。活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であっても良く、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であっても良い。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用しても良い。
活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した酸分解性樹脂の一部に組み込まれても良く、酸分解性樹脂とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれても良い。
本発明において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
酸発生剤としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。
R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。
また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。
Z-は、非求核性アニオンを表す。
ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が互いに連結してアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~4)を成し、イミド基及び2つのスルホニル基とともに環を形成していてもよい。これらのアルキル基及びビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が互いに連結して成すアルキレン基が有し得る置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF6 -)、フッ素化硼素(例えば、BF4 -)、フッ素化アンチモン等(例えば、SbF6 -)を挙げることができる。
前記非求核性アニオンとしては、下記一般式(V)又は(VI)で表される有機酸を生じるアニオンとすることができる。
Xfは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
R11及びR12は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表す。
Lは、各々独立に、2価の連結基を表す。
Cyは、環状の有機基を表す。
Rfは、フッ素原子を含んだ基である。
xは、1~20の整数を表す。
yは、0~10の整数を表す。
zは、0~10の整数を表す。
Xfは、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。より具体的には、Xfは、フッ素原子、CF3、C2F5、C3F7、C4F9、C5F11、C6F13、C7F15、C8F17、CH2CF3、CH2CH2CF3、CH2C2F5、CH2CH2C2F5、CH2C3F7、CH2CH2C3F7、CH2C4F9、又はCH2CH2C4F9であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCF3であることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
Rfで表されるフッ素原子を含んだ基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及び少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基が挙げられる。
これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子により置換されていてもよく、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基により置換されていてもよい。Rfが少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基である場合、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。
また、これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子を含んでいない置換基によって更に置換されていてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、先にCyについて説明したもののうち、フッ素原子を含んでいないものを挙げることができる。
Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基としては、例えば、Xfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基として先に説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、パーフルオロシクロペンチル基、及びパーフルオロシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、例えば、パーフルオロフェニル基が挙げられる。
まず、下記一般式(B-1)で表されるアニオンについて説明する。
Rb1は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はトリフルオロメチル基(CF3)を表す。
nは1~4の整数を表す。
nは1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましい。
Xb1は単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)又はスルホン酸エステル結合(-OSO2-若しくは-SO3-)を表す。
Xb1はエステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)又はスルホン酸エステル結合(-OSO2-若しくは-SO3-)であることが好ましい。
Rb2は炭素数6以上の置換基を表す。
Rb2についての炭素数6以上の置換基としては、嵩高い基であることが好ましく、炭素数6以上の、アルキル基、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基などが挙げられる。
Rb2についての炭素数6以上のアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよく、炭素数6~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましく、例えば、直鎖又は分岐ヘキシル基、直鎖又は分岐ヘプチル基、直鎖又は分岐オクチル基などが挙げられる。嵩高さに観点から分岐アルキル基であることが好ましい。
一般式(B-1)で表されるアニオンの具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Qb1はラクトン構造を有する基、スルトン構造を有する基又は環状カーボネート構造を有する基を表す。
Qb1についてのラクトン構造及びスルトン構造としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位におけるラクトン構造及びスルトン構造と同様のものが挙げられる。具体的には、上記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造又は上記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造が挙げられる。
前記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が直接、上記一般式(B-2)中のエステル基の酸素原子と結合していてもよいが、前記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造がアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基)を介してエステル基の酸素原子と結合していてもよい。その場合、前記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基としては、前記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を置換基として有するアルキル基ということができる。
Qb1についての環状カーボネート構造としては5~7員環の環状カーボネート構造であることが好ましく、1,3-ジオキソラン-2-オン、1,3-ジオキサン-2-オンなどが挙げられる。
前記環状カーボネート構造が直接、上記一般式(B-2)中のエステル基の酸素原子と結合していてもよいが、前記環状カーボネート構造がアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基)を介してエステル基の酸素原子と結合していてもよい。その場合、前記環状カーボネート構造を有する基としては、環状カーボネート構造を置換基として有するアルキル基ということができる。
一般式(B-2)で表されるアニオンの具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Lb2は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基などが挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。
Xb2はエーテル結合又はエステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)を表す。
Qb2は脂環基又は芳香環を含有する基を表す。
Qb2についての脂環基としては、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
Qb2についての芳香環を含有する基における芳香環としては、炭素数6~20の芳香環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環などが挙げられ、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることがより好ましい。前記芳香環としては、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子により置換されていてもよく、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換された芳香環としては、パーフルオロフェニル基などが挙げられる。
前記芳香環がXb2と直接結合していてもよいが、前記芳香環がアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基)を介してXb2と結合していてもよい。その場合、前記芳香環を含有する基としては、前記芳香環を置換基として有するアルキル基ということができる。
一般式(B-3)で表されるアニオン構造の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含有する芳香族環も包含するものである。
2-オキソシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは、上記のシクロアルキル基の2位に>C=Oを有する基を挙げることができる。
化合物(ZI-3)とは、以下の一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物であり、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。
Rx及びRyは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基又はビニル基を表す。
上記環構造としては、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、又は、これらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。
R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRxとRyが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基等を挙げることができる。
R5cとR6c、及び、R5cとRxが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基等を挙げることができる。
好ましくは、R1c~R5cの内のいずれかが直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又は直鎖、分岐若しくは環状アルコキシ基であり、更に好ましくは、R1c~R5cの炭素数の和が2~15である。これにより、より溶剤溶解性が向上し、保存時にパーティクルの発生が抑制される。
R6c及びR7cの態様としては、その両方がアルキル基である場合が好ましい。特に、R6c及びR7cが各々炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐状アルキル基である場合が好ましく、とりわけ、両方がメチル基である場合が好ましい。
化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。
R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R14は複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2個のR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
lは0~2の整数を表す。
rは0~8の整数を表す。
Z-は、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZ-と同様の非求核性アニオンを挙げることができる。
また、総炭素数が7以上の多環のシクロアルキルオキシ基としては、ノルボルニルオキシ基、トリシクロデカニルオキシ基、テトラシクロデカニルオキシ基、アダマンチルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
一般式(ZI-4)におけるR15としては、メチル基、エチル基、ナフチル基、2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基等が好ましい。
rとしては、0~2が好ましい。
一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)中、
R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾチオフェン等を挙げることができる。
R204~R207におけるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボニル基)を挙げることができる。
R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、フェニルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
Z-は、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZ-の非求核性アニオンと同様のものを挙げることができる。
Ar3及びAr4は、各々独立に、アリール基を表す。
R208、R209及びR210は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
Aは、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。
Ar3、Ar4、R208、R209及びR210のアリール基の具体例としては、上記一般式(ZI-1)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアリール基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。
R208、R209及びR210のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例としては、それぞれ、上記一般式(ZI-2)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。
Aのアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ブチレン基、イソブチレン基など)を、Aのアルケニレン基としては、炭素数2~12のアルケニレン基(例えば、エテニレン基、プロペニレン基、ブテニレン基など)を、Aのアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基など)を、それぞれ挙げることができる。
また、酸発生剤として、スルホン酸基又はイミド基を1つ有する酸を発生する化合物が好ましく、更に好ましくは1価のパーフルオロアルカンスルホン酸を発生する化合物、又は1価のフッ素原子若しくはフッ素原子を含有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸を発生する化合物、又は1価のフッ素原子若しくはフッ素原子を含有する基で置換されたイミド酸を発生する化合物であり、更により好ましくは、フッ化置換アルカンスルホン酸、フッ素置換ベンゼンスルホン酸、フッ素置換イミド酸又はフッ素置換メチド酸のスルホニウム塩である。使用可能な酸発生剤は、発生した酸のpKaが-1以下のフッ化置換アルカンスルホン酸、フッ化置換ベンゼンスルホン酸、フッ化置換イミド酸であることが特に好ましく、感度が向上する。
酸発生剤は、1種類単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される場合は除く。)の組成物中の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~25質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%、特に好ましくは3~15質量%である。
また、酸発生剤が上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)により表される場合には、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5~35質量%が好ましく、6~30質量%がより好ましく、6~25質量%が更に好ましい。
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、溶剤(C2)を含有する。ただし、溶剤(C2)は、上記したように、上記溶剤(C1)とは異なる。
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤(C2)としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有しても良いモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0441]~[0455]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有しても良いモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。
水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が塗布均一性の点で特に好ましい。
溶剤(C2)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。
本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(D)」又は単に「樹脂(D)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(D)前記樹脂(A)とは異なることが好ましい。
これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(D)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。
疎水性樹脂(D)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくても良い。
フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
R57~R68は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)を表す。但し、R57~R61少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)が好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
一般式(F3)で表される基の具体例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、ヘプタフルオロブチル基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、ノナフルオロブチル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロヘキシル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基、パーフルオロオクチル基、パーフルオロ(トリメチル)ヘキシル基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロシクロブチル基、パーフルオロシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基が好ましく、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基が更に好ましい。
一般式(F4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、-C(CF3)2OH、-C(C2F5)2OH、-C(CF3)(CH3)OH、-CH(CF3)OH等が挙げられ、-C(CF3)2OHが好ましい。
具体例中、X1は、水素原子、-CH3、-F又は-CF3を表す。X2は、-F又は-CF3を表す。
アルキルシリル構造、又は環状シロキサン構造としては、具体的には、下記一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)で表される基などが挙げられる。
R12~R26は、各々独立に、直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)又はシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)を表す。
L3~L5は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及びウレア結合よりなる群から選択される単独或いは2つ以上の組み合わせ(好ましくは総炭素数12以下)が挙げられる。
nは、1~5の整数を表す。nは、好ましくは、2~4の整数である。
ここで、前記樹脂(D)中の側鎖部分が有するCH3部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH3部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH3部分構造を包含するものである。
一方、樹脂(D)の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により樹脂(D)の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、本発明におけるCH3部分構造に包含されないものとする。
一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介して存在するCH3部分構造は、本発明におけるCH3部分構造に該当するものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CH2CH3)である場合、本発明におけるCH3部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。
R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
R2は、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
R2としての1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH3部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。
R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアルケニル基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルケニル基が好ましく、分岐のアルケニル基がより好ましい。
R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができ、好ましくはフェニル基である。
R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
R3としての1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH3部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。
(x)酸基、
(y)ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
(z)酸の作用により分解する基
好ましい酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。
酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~35モル%、更に好ましくは5~20モル%である。
これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等の、樹脂の主鎖に直接この基が結合している繰り返し単位である。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合している繰り返し単位であってもよい。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
Rc31は、水素原子、アルキル基(フッ素原子等で置換されていても良い)、シアノ基又は-CH2-O-Rac2基を表す。式中、Rac2は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Rc31は、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
Rc32は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基又はアリール基を有する基を表す。これら基はフッ素原子、珪素原子を含む基で置換されていても良い。
Lc3は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
シクロアルキル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
アルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のアルケニル基が好ましい。
シクロアルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。
アリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましく、これらは置換基を有していてもよい。
Rc32は無置換のアルキル基又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
Lc3の2価の連結基は、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、エーテル結合、フェニレン基、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)が好ましい。
一般式(III)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
Rc11’及びRc12’は、各々独立に、水素原子、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Zc’は、結合した2つの炭素原子(C-C)を含み、脂環式構造を形成するための原子団を表す。
一般式(CII-AB)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
疎水性樹脂(D)が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(D)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(D)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。
本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、露光から加熱までの経時による性能変化を低減するために、塩基性化合物(N)を含有していてもよい。
塩基性化合物(N)としては、好ましくは、下記式(A’)~(E’)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
RA200、RA201及びRA202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、RA201とRA202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RA203、RA204、RA205及びRA206は、同一でも異なってもよく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)を表す。
上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
これら一般式(A’)と(E’)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
前記フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合していることが好ましい。また、前記アルキル鎖中に、酸素原子を有し、オキシアルキレン基が形成されていることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1つ以上、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン基の中でも-CH2CH2O-、-CH(CH3)CH2O-若しくは-CH2CH2CH2O-の構造が好ましい。
前記フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2007/0224539号明細書の[0066]に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Rbは、独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を示す。但し、-C(Rb)(Rb)(Rb)において、1つ以上のRbが水素原子のとき、残りのRbの少なくとも1つはシクロプロピル基又は1-アルコキシアルキル基である。
少なくとも2つのRbは結合して脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体を形成していてもよい。
nは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数をそれぞれ表し、n+m=3である。
Raは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
X+は、オニウムカチオンを表す。
一般式(6B)中、
Rbは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のスルホン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
X+はオニウムカチオンを表す。
Ra及びRbにより表される有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基又は炭素数3~30の複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。
上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及び複素環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
一般式(6A)及び(6B)中のX+により表されるオニウムカチオンとしては、スルホニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ジアゾニウムカチオンなどが挙げられ、中でもスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
スルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、少なくとも1つのアリール基を有するアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンの例としては、前述の化合物(B)としての、化合物(ZI-1)、(ZI-2)、(ZI-3)及び(ZI-4)におけるスルホニウムカチオン構造部位も好ましく挙げることができる。
本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に界面活性剤を含有してもしなくても良く、含有する場合、フッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子とケイ素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することがより好ましい。
フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、例えばエフトップEF301、EF303、(新秋田化成(株)製)、フロラードFC430、431、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120、R08(DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106、KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)、トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)、GF-300、GF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製)、エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601((株)ジェムコ製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA社製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D((株)ネオス製)等である。またポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)もシリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。
上記に該当する界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC(株)製)、C6F13基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体、C3F7基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体等を挙げることができる。
一方、界面活性剤の添加量を、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、10ppm以下とすることで、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性があがり、それにより、レジスト膜表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性を向上させることが出来る。
本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、カルボン酸オニウム塩を含有してもしなくても良い。このようなカルボン酸オニウム塩は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0605]~[0606]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて更に、後に詳述する組成物(II)において説明する酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤及び現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物)等を含有させることができる。
カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物の具体例としてはコール酸、デオキシコール酸、リトコール酸などのステロイド構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンジカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸などが挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。
本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であり、好ましくは、2.0~5.7質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~5.3質量%である。固形分濃度を前記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができ、更にはラインウィズスラフネスに優れたレジストパターンを形成することが可能になる。その理由は明らかではないが、恐らく、固形分濃度を10質量%以下、好ましくは5.7質量%以下とすることで、レジスト溶液中での素材、特には光酸発生剤の凝集が抑制され、その結果として、均一なレジスト膜が形成できたものと考えられる。
固形分濃度とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の総重量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の重量の重量百分率である。
なお、調製の際、イオン交換膜を用いて組成物中のメタル不純物をppbレベルに低減させる工程、適当なフィルターを用いて各種パーティクルなどの不純物をろ過する工程、脱気工程などを行ってもよい。これらの工程の具体的なことについては、特開2012-88574号公報、特開2010-189563号公報、特開2001-12529号公報、特開2001-350266号公報、特開2002-99076号公報、特開平5-307263号公報、特開2010-164980号公報、WO2006/121162A、特開2010-243866号公報、特開2010-020297号公報などに記載されている。
特に、ろ過する工程で用いる適当なフィルターについては、ポアサイズは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。
また、本発明の組成物は、含水率が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、含水率は組成物の全重量中2.5質量%以下が好ましく、1.0質量%以下がより好ましく、0.3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
シクロヘキサノン 102.3質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、下記構造式M-1で表されるモノマー 22.2質量部、下記構造式M-2で表されるモノマー 22.8質量部、下記構造式M-3で表されるモノマー 6.6質量部、シクロヘキサノン 189.9質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、和光純薬工業(株)製〕2.40質量部の混合溶液を5時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のヘキサン/酢酸エチル(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、本発明の樹脂(A-1)を41.1質量部得た。
以下、同様にして、樹脂A-2~A-9を合成した。以下、樹脂A-1も含めて、樹脂A-2~A-9における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に示す。
以下、同様にして、樹脂D-1~D-5を合成した。樹脂D-1~D-5における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に示す。
酸発生剤としては、以下の化合物を用いた。
塩基性化合物として、以下の化合物を用いた。
界面活性剤としては、以下のものを用いた。
W-1: メガファックF176(DIC(株)製;フッ素系)
W-2: PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系)
溶剤(C1)、溶剤(C2)及び有機系現像液としては、以下のものを用いた。
SG-1: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
SG-2: 乳酸エチル
SG-3: 酢酸ブチル
SG-4: 2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)
SG-5: エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート
SG-6: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
SG-7: メチル3-メトキシプロピオネート
SG-8: シクロヘキサノン
SG-9: 酢酸エチル
SG-10: 酢酸プロピル
SG-11: 酢酸イソプロピル
SG-12: 酢酸イソブチル
SG-13: 酢酸ペンチル、
SG-14: 酢酸イソペンチル
SG-15: メチル3-エトキシプロピオネート
SG-16: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート
SG-17: γ-ブチロラクトン
SG-18: 3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール
リンス液として、以下のものを用いた。
SR-1: 4-メチル-2-ペンタノール
SR-2: 1-ヘキサノール
(樹脂の精製)
上記合成例により得られた表6及び表7に示す樹脂(A)10質量部を、同表に示す溶剤(C1)90質量部に溶解し、同表に示すフィルターにて、流速100mL/分で濾過し、濾液に多量のヘキサンを加えることで、樹脂を再沈殿させ、濾過又は溶媒の留去により得られた固体を真空乾燥することにより、樹脂(A)を精製した。
なお、実施例36は、上記樹脂の精製を、フィルターの種類を変更して2回実施した。
以上のようにして精製した樹脂(A)と表5に示す他の成分を同表に示す溶剤に全固形分で3.5質量%となるように溶解させ、それぞれを0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、各々実施例及び比較例に示す、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)(I-1)~(I-7)を調製した。
シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚95nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(I-1)~(I-7)をそれぞれ塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベーク(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚80nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
このレジスト膜に、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.950、インナーシグマ0.800、XY偏向)を用い、ピッチが100nmかつマスクサイズが50nmのラインアンドスペースパターンのハーフトーンマスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、100℃で60秒間加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)した。次いで、表6及び表7に示す現像液で30秒間パドルして現像し(表6及び表7においてリンス液が記載されている実施例については、更に、リンこのリンス液で30秒間パドルしてリンスし)、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
得られたそれぞれのパターンを、UVision3+(AMAT社製)で、ウエハ上における欠陥分布を検出し、SEMVisionG4(AMAT社製)を用いて、欠陥の形状を観察した。図1は、残渣欠陥のSEM画像の一例を示す図である。
300mm口径(12インチ口径)ウエハにおける図1に示すような残渣欠陥の個数をカウントすることにより、残渣欠陥を評価した。
Nylon 40nm:日本ポール(株)社製のナイロン6,6製フィルター(孔径:40nm)
Nylon 20nm:日本ポール(株)社製のナイロン6,6製フィルター(孔径:20nm)
PE 50nm:日本インテグリス(株)社製のポリエチレン系樹脂製フィルター(孔径:50nm)
PE 10nm:日本インテグリス(株)社製のポリエチレン系樹脂製フィルター(孔径:10nm)
イオンクリーンAN:日本ポール(株)社製のアニオン交換基を有する多孔質膜ポリオレフィン膜のフィルター
イオンクリーンSL:日本ポール(株)社製のカチオン交換基を有する多孔質膜ポリオレフィン膜のフィルター
これは、レジスト組成物に使用される溶剤(C2)に対し難溶解な成分と、溶剤(C1)に対し難溶解な成分が異なるため、異なる溶剤で予め濾過することで、残渣成分となりうる多種の成分が除去されたためと考えられる。
また、溶剤(C1)として、現像液との溶解パラメータの差の絶対値が1.0(cal/cm3)1/2以下の溶剤を使用することにより、残渣成分となりうる、現像液に対し難溶解な成分も除去されたためと考えられる。
更に、溶剤(C1)と溶剤(C2)の溶解パラメータの差の絶対値が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以上であると、残渣欠陥が更に低減されることが分かった。
実施例1において、工程(6)の現像液(酢酸ブチル)に、トリn-オクチルアミンを少量加えた以外は同様にして評価を行った。この例においても、良好なパターン形成を行うことができた。
(樹脂の精製)
上記合成例により得られた表9に示す樹脂(A)10質量部を、同表に示す溶剤(C1)90質量部に溶解し、同表に示すフィルターにて、流速100mL/分で濾過し、濾液に多量のヘキサンを加えることで、樹脂を再沈殿させ、濾過又は溶媒の留去により得られた固体を真空乾燥することにより、樹脂(A)を精製した。
以上のようにして精製した樹脂(A)と表8に示す他の成分を同表に示す溶剤に全固形分で1.6質量%となるように溶解させ、それぞれを0.05μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、各々実施例及び比較例に示す、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)(I-8)及び(I-9)を調製した。
この感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した8インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を得た。
レジスト膜の塗布されたウェハを、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro
Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。照射後、ホットプレート上で、110℃で60秒間加熱した後、下表9に記載の有機系現像液をパドルして30秒間現像し、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、90℃で60秒間ベークを行なうことにより、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを得た。
走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-9380II)を用いて、得られたレジストパターンの形状について評価することにより線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像する時の照射エネルギーを求め、この照射エネルギーによる露光、及び、上述の現像を経た後に、観察箇所を1ミクロンずつずらしながら、1000枚の写真撮影を行い、パターン上の残渣欠陥を検査した。150mm口径(8インチ口径)ウエハにおける図1に示すような残渣欠陥の個数をカウントし、この値が小さいほど性能が良好であることを示す。
これは、レジスト組成物に使用される溶剤(C2)に対し難溶解な成分と、溶剤(C1)に対し難溶解な成分が異なるため、異なる溶剤で予め濾過することで、残渣成分となりうる多種の成分が除去されたためと考えられる。
また、溶剤(C1)として、現像液との溶解パラメータの差の絶対値が1.0(cal/cm3)1/2以下の溶剤を使用することにより、残渣成分となりうる、現像液に対し難溶解な成分も除去されたためと考えられる。
本出願は、2013年3月15日出願の日本特許出願(特願2013-053283)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Claims (14)
- (1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、
(3)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(4)前記工程(3)により得られる濾液を用いて膜を形成する工程、
(5)前記膜を露光する工程、及び、
(6)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像してネガ型のパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法であって、
前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記現像液の溶解パラメータ(SPDEV)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が1.00(cal/cm3)1/2以下である、パターン形成方法。 - 前記絶対値(|SPC1-SPDEV|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以下である、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
- 前記溶剤(C1)と前記現像液が同一である、請求項1又は2に記載のパターン形成方法。
- 前記工程(1)を1回有する場合、前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記溶剤(C2)の溶解パラメータ(SPC2)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPC2|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以上であり、
前記工程(1)を2回以上有する場合、2回以上の前記工程(1)の少なくとも1回において、前記溶剤(C1)の溶解パラメータ(SPC1)と前記溶剤(C2)の溶解パラメータ(SPC2)との差の絶対値(|SPC1-SPC2|)が0.40(cal/cm3)1/2以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 - 前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
- 前記工程(1)におけるフィルターが、ポリアミド系樹脂フィルター又はポリエチレン系樹脂フィルターを含有するフィルターである、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
- 前記工程(1)におけるフィルターの孔径が、0.1μm以下である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
- (A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C2)溶剤とを含有する、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
前記樹脂(A)が、前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C2)とは異なる(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過することにより得られる濾液から得られた樹脂である、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 - 前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、請求項9に記載の有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
- (1)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(C1)溶剤とを含有する樹脂溶液を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程、
(2)前記工程(1)における濾液により得られる前記樹脂(A)と、前記溶剤(C1)とは異なる(C2)溶剤とを含有する有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する工程、及び、
(3)前記有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、フィルターを用いて濾過する工程を有する、有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法。 - 前記溶剤(C1)が、酢酸ブチル、メチルアミルケトン、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、及び、メチル3-メトキシプロピオネートからなる群より選択される1種以上の溶剤である、請求項11に記載の有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造方法。
- 請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
- 請求項13に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020157024949A KR101702928B1 (ko) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-02-25 | 패턴 형성 방법, 이것에 사용되는 유기용제 현상용의 감활성광선성 또는 감방사선성 수지 조성물 및 그 제조 방법, 전자 디바이스의 제조 방법, 및 전자 디바이스 |
CN201480015210.6A CN105051610B (zh) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-02-25 | 图案形成方法及电子元件的制造方法 |
US14/853,119 US20160004156A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-09-14 | Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development used therefor and method of manufacturing the same, method of manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013053283A JP6060012B2 (ja) | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法 |
JP2013-053283 | 2013-03-15 |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/853,119 Continuation US20160004156A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-09-14 | Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for organic solvent development used therefor and method of manufacturing the same, method of manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014141876A1 true WO2014141876A1 (ja) | 2014-09-18 |
Family
ID=51536551
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/054560 WO2014141876A1 (ja) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-02-25 | パターン形成方法、これに用いられる有機溶剤現像用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びその製造方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、並びに、電子デバイス |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20160004156A1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JP6060012B2 (ja) |
KR (1) | KR101702928B1 (ja) |
CN (1) | CN105051610B (ja) |
TW (1) | TWI594077B (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2014141876A1 (ja) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN106716257B (zh) * | 2014-09-30 | 2019-12-24 | 富士胶片株式会社 | 图案形成方法、抗蚀剂图案及电子元件的制造方法 |
WO2020179428A1 (ja) * | 2019-03-04 | 2020-09-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 薬液、リンス液、レジストパターン形成方法 |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016052273A1 (ja) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-07 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | パターン形成方法、レジストパターン、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法 |
WO2016052365A1 (ja) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-07 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | パターン形成方法、レジストパターン、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法 |
KR101888886B1 (ko) * | 2014-09-30 | 2018-08-16 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | 패턴 형성 방법, 상층막 형성용 조성물, 레지스트 패턴, 및 전자 디바이스의 제조 방법 |
WO2017169832A1 (ja) | 2016-03-31 | 2017-10-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 半導体製造用処理液、半導体製造用処理液が収容された収容容器、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法 |
WO2017188296A1 (ja) * | 2016-04-28 | 2017-11-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 処理液及び処理液収容体 |
WO2018043695A1 (ja) | 2016-09-02 | 2018-03-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 溶液、溶液収容体、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、パターン形成方法、半導体デバイスの製造方法 |
JP2018060193A (ja) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、キット |
JPWO2019026522A1 (ja) * | 2017-07-31 | 2020-03-19 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法 |
CN114514471A (zh) | 2019-10-09 | 2022-05-17 | 富士胶片株式会社 | 感放射线性树脂组合物的制造方法、图案形成方法及电子器件的制造方法 |
EP4451063A1 (en) * | 2023-03-03 | 2024-10-23 | Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for producing flexographic printing plate, and printing method |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS5654434A (en) * | 1979-10-11 | 1981-05-14 | Kohjin Co Ltd | Radiation and far ultraviolet ray sensitive positive type resist method |
JP2004326092A (ja) * | 2003-03-28 | 2004-11-18 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | 化学増幅型レジスト組成物 |
JP2007034049A (ja) * | 2005-07-28 | 2007-02-08 | Fujifilm Corp | 化学増幅型レジスト組成物及びその製造方法 |
JP2012208431A (ja) * | 2011-03-30 | 2012-10-25 | Fujifilm Corp | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス |
JP2013045086A (ja) * | 2011-08-26 | 2013-03-04 | Jsr Corp | パターン形成方法 |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002201232A (ja) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-07-19 | Daicel Chem Ind Ltd | フォトレジスト用高分子化合物及びフォトレジスト用樹脂組成物 |
JP2004182890A (ja) * | 2002-12-04 | 2004-07-02 | Daicel Chem Ind Ltd | フォトレジスト用高分子化合物及びフォトレジスト用樹脂組成物 |
JP4087260B2 (ja) * | 2003-01-31 | 2008-05-21 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | 電子材料用粗樹脂の精製方法 |
JP4360836B2 (ja) | 2003-06-04 | 2009-11-11 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | ポジ型レジスト組成物 |
JP4554665B2 (ja) * | 2006-12-25 | 2010-09-29 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | パターン形成方法、該パターン形成方法に用いられる多重現像用ポジ型レジスト組成物、該パターン形成方法に用いられるネガ現像用現像液及び該パターン形成方法に用いられるネガ現像用リンス液 |
JP5233995B2 (ja) | 2007-06-05 | 2013-07-10 | Jsr株式会社 | 感放射線性樹脂組成物 |
US8753793B2 (en) * | 2009-01-15 | 2014-06-17 | Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method for producing resin solution for photoresist, photoresist composition, and pattern-forming method |
JP5618625B2 (ja) * | 2010-05-25 | 2014-11-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | パターン形成方法及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物 |
JP5621735B2 (ja) * | 2010-09-03 | 2014-11-12 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | パターン形成方法及び化学増幅ポジ型レジスト材料 |
JP5722904B2 (ja) * | 2010-09-08 | 2015-05-27 | 株式会社クラレ | アクリル酸エステル誘導体、高分子化合物およびフォトレジスト組成物 |
JP5307171B2 (ja) * | 2011-02-28 | 2013-10-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | レジスト組成物、並びに、それを用いたレジスト膜及びネガ型パターン形成方法 |
JP5929349B2 (ja) * | 2011-03-16 | 2016-06-01 | 住友化学株式会社 | レジスト組成物用樹脂の製造方法 |
JP6088813B2 (ja) * | 2012-12-14 | 2017-03-01 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | 粗樹脂の精製方法、レジスト用樹脂の製造方法、レジスト組成物の製造方法及びレジストパターン形成方法 |
-
2013
- 2013-03-15 JP JP2013053283A patent/JP6060012B2/ja active Active
-
2014
- 2014-02-25 CN CN201480015210.6A patent/CN105051610B/zh active Active
- 2014-02-25 KR KR1020157024949A patent/KR101702928B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2014-02-25 WO PCT/JP2014/054560 patent/WO2014141876A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2014-02-27 TW TW103106622A patent/TWI594077B/zh active
-
2015
- 2015-09-14 US US14/853,119 patent/US20160004156A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS5654434A (en) * | 1979-10-11 | 1981-05-14 | Kohjin Co Ltd | Radiation and far ultraviolet ray sensitive positive type resist method |
JP2004326092A (ja) * | 2003-03-28 | 2004-11-18 | Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd | 化学増幅型レジスト組成物 |
JP2007034049A (ja) * | 2005-07-28 | 2007-02-08 | Fujifilm Corp | 化学増幅型レジスト組成物及びその製造方法 |
JP2012208431A (ja) * | 2011-03-30 | 2012-10-25 | Fujifilm Corp | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス |
JP2013045086A (ja) * | 2011-08-26 | 2013-03-04 | Jsr Corp | パターン形成方法 |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN106716257B (zh) * | 2014-09-30 | 2019-12-24 | 富士胶片株式会社 | 图案形成方法、抗蚀剂图案及电子元件的制造方法 |
WO2020179428A1 (ja) * | 2019-03-04 | 2020-09-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 薬液、リンス液、レジストパターン形成方法 |
JPWO2020179428A1 (ja) * | 2019-03-04 | 2020-09-10 | ||
TWI834825B (zh) * | 2019-03-04 | 2024-03-11 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | 藥液、清洗液、抗蝕劑圖案形成方法 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20150119225A (ko) | 2015-10-23 |
TWI594077B (zh) | 2017-08-01 |
TW201443568A (zh) | 2014-11-16 |
JP6060012B2 (ja) | 2017-01-11 |
CN105051610A (zh) | 2015-11-11 |
KR101702928B1 (ko) | 2017-02-06 |
JP2014178566A (ja) | 2014-09-25 |
US20160004156A1 (en) | 2016-01-07 |
CN105051610B (zh) | 2020-02-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6086620B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP5560115B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、化学増幅型レジスト組成物、及び、レジスト膜 | |
JP5728190B2 (ja) | 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、並びに、これを用いたレジスト膜及びパターン形成方法、 | |
JP6060012B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP5647804B2 (ja) | レジスト組成物及びそれを用いたパターン形成方法 | |
JP5953158B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法及び該方法に使用するための感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物 | |
JP5914196B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜、並びに、これらを用いる電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
WO2014002679A1 (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス | |
JP5948187B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、並びに、これを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP2011221501A (ja) | パターン形成方法、化学増幅型レジスト組成物、及び、レジスト膜 | |
JP6140487B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
WO2014162983A1 (ja) | パターン形成方法、電子デバイス及びその製造方法 | |
JP6097652B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、パターン、並びに、これらを用いたエッチング方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP5934666B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜及び電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP2013152450A (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス | |
JP5715852B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジスト膜 | |
JP5656437B2 (ja) | パターン形成方法及びレジスト組成物 | |
WO2016017346A1 (ja) | パターン形成方法、及び、これを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法 | |
JP5934467B2 (ja) | 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、並びに、これを用いたレジスト膜及びパターン形成方法 | |
JP2013190784A (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス | |
WO2015016194A1 (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び電子デバイス | |
JP5629610B2 (ja) | ネガ型パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジスト膜 | |
JP5927275B2 (ja) | 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及びレジスト膜 | |
JP6025887B2 (ja) | 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜 | |
JP2013020090A (ja) | パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイス |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480015210.6 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14763788 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157024949 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14763788 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |